Contents Section: Testing & Diagnostics All sections

Engine Controls - Engine (diagnostics) (h4so) Subaru Impreza WRX GH

Testing & Diagnostics 118 illustrations ~10296 words
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ENGINE START FAILURE. Ask the customer when and how the trouble occurred using the interview check list. CHECK, Check List for Interview. > Start the engine.Does the engine start?Go to step 2.Inspection using "Diagnostics for Engine Start Failure". DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE. >
2 CHECK ILLUMINATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT.Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?Go to step 3.Inspection using "General Diagnostic Table" INSPECTION, General Diagnostic Table. >
3 CHECK INDICATION OF DTC ON DISPLAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to data link connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON, and run the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. Read DTC using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor Refer to " READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE " for detailed operation procedure. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is DTC displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Record the DTC. Repair the trouble cause. LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). > Go to step 4.Repair the related parts. NOTE: If DTC is not shown on display although the malfunction indicator light illuminates, perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator light circuit or combination meter. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. >
4 PERFORM DIAGNOSIS. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. > Perform the Inspection Mode. INSPECTION MODE. >Is DTC displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Inspect using "Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE WITH DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Finish the diagnosis.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
If DTC is not shown on display although the malfunction indicator light illuminates, perform the diagnosis of malfunction indicator light circuit or combination meter. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. >

BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE CHART

CHECK LIST NO. 1

Check the following item when problem has occurred.

Note. Use copies of this article for interviewing customers.

Scheme 1

Scheme 1: CHECK LIST NO. 1

CHECK LIST NO. 2

Check the following item about the vehicle's state when malfunction indicator light illuminates.

Note. Use copies of this article for interviewing customers.

Scheme 2

Scheme 2: CHECK LIST NO. 2

Scheme 3

Scheme 3: CAUTION

Scheme 4

Scheme 4
  1. Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ECM, main relay and fuel pump relay. CAUTION: All airbag system wiring harnesses and connectors are yellow. Do not use the electrical test equipment on these circuits. Be careful not to damage the airbag system wiring harness when servicing the ECM, TCM, main relay and fuel pump relay.
  2. Never connect the battery in reverse polarity. Doing so will damage the ECM instantly, and the fuel injector and other parts will also be damaged.
  3. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while the engine is running. A large counter electromotive force will be generated in the generator, and this voltage may damage electronic parts such as ECM etc.
  4. Before disconnecting the connectors of each sensor and ECM, be sure to turn the ignition switch to OFF. Perform the Clear Memory Mode after connecting the connectors. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  5. Measure the voltage or resistance of individual sensor or all electrical control modules using a tapered pin with a diameter of less than 0.6 mm (0.024 in). Do not insert the pin 4 mm (0.16 in) or more into the part. CAUTION: When replacing the ECM, be careful not to use the wrong spec. ECM to avoid any damage on the fuel injection system. NOTE: When replacing the ECM of the models with Immobilizer, immobilizer system must be registered. To do so, all ignition keys and ID cards need to be prepared. Refer to the "IMMOBILIZER TEACHING OPERATION MANUAL".
  6. Take care not to allow water to get into the connectors when servicing or washing the vehicle in rainy weather. Avoid exposure to water even if the connectors are waterproof.
  7. Use ECM mounting stud bolts at the body side grounding point when measuring voltage and resistance inside the passenger compartment.
  8. Use the engine ground terminal or engine assembly for the grounding point to chassis when measuring the voltage and resistance in engine compartment.
  9. Every MFI-related part is a precision part. Do not drop them.
  10. Observe the following cautions when installing a radio in MFI equipped models. CAUTION: The antenna must be kept as far apart as possible from control module. (ECM is installed under the passenger's side floor mat.) The antenna feeder must be placed as far apart as possible from the ECM and MFI harness. Carefully adjust the antenna for correct matching. When mounting a large power type radio, pay special attention to the three items mentioned above. Incorrect installation of the radio may affect the operation of ECM.
  11. When disconnecting the fuel hose, release the fuel pressure. RELEASING OF FUEL PRESSURE , PROCEDURE, Fuel . >
  12. For the model with ABS, the ABS warning light may illuminate when performing driving test with jacked-up or lifted-up condition, but this is not a system malfunction. The reason for this is the speed difference between the front and rear wheels. After diagnosis of engine control system, perform the ABS memory clear procedure of self-diagnosis function.

INSPECTION

Before performing diagnostics, check the following item which might affect engine problems.

BATTERY

  1. Measure the battery voltage and specific gravity of the electrolyte. Standard voltage: 12 V Specific gravity: 1.260 or more
  2. Check the condition of the main and other fuses, and harnesses and connectors. Also check for proper grounding.

ENGINE GROUND

Check if the engine ground terminal is properly connected to engine.

Scheme 5

Scheme 5: ENGINE GROUND

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

  1. The on-board diagnostic (OBD) system detects and indicates a fault in various inputs and outputs of the complex electronic throttle control. Malfunction indicator light in the combination meter indicates occurrence of a fault or trouble.
  2. Further, against such a failure or sensors as may disable the drive, the fail-safe function is provided to ensure the minimal driveability.
  3. The OBD system incorporated with the vehicles within this type of engine complies with OBD-II regulations. The OBD system monitors the components and the system malfunction listed in "Engine Section" which affects on emissions.
  4. When the system decides that a malfunction occurs, malfunction indicator light illuminates. At the same time of the malfunction indicator light illumination or blinking, a DTC and a freeze frame engine conditions are stored into on-board computer.
  5. The OBD system stores freeze frame engine condition data (engine load, engine coolant temperature, fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed, etc.) into on-board computer first when it detects a malfunction.
  6. If the OBD system detects malfunctions such as the fault of fuel trim or misfire, the OBD system first stores freeze frame engine conditions about the fuel trim or misfire.
  7. When the malfunction does not occur again for three consecutive driving cycles, malfunction indicator light is turned off, but DTC remains at onboard computer.
  8. When troubleshooting the vehicle which complies with OBD-II regulations, connect the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool to the vehicle.

ENGINE AND EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

  1. The Multipoint Fuel Injection (MFI) system is a system that supplies the optimum air-fuel mixture to the engine for all the various operating conditions through the use of the latest electronic technology.

With this system, the fuel which is pressurized at a constant pressure is injected into the intake air passage of the cylinder head. The injection quantity of fuel is controlled by an intermittent injection system, where the electro-magnetic injection valve (fuel injector) opens for a short period of time depending on the quantity of air required for one cycle of operation. In actual operation, the injection quantity is determined by the duration of an electric pulse applied to the fuel injector and this permits simple, yet highly precise metering of the fuel.

  1. Furthermore, all operating conditions of the engine are converted into electronic signals, and this enables additional system features with greatly improved adaptability, making it easier to add compensation features. The MFI system also has the following features
  1. Reduced emission of harmful exhaust gases.
  2. Reduction in fuel consumption
  3. Increased engine output.
  4. Superior acceleration and deceleration.
  5. Superior startability and warm-up performance in cold weather since compensation is made for engine coolant and intake air temperature.

PREPARATION TOOL

PREPARATION TOOL REFERENCE CHART ILLUSTRATION TOOL NUMBER DESCRIPTION REMARKS 1B021XU0 SUBARU SELECT MONITOR III KIT Used for troubleshooting the electrical system. 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKET Used for rotating crankshaft

Scheme 6

Scheme 6: PREPARATION TOOL

Scheme 7

Scheme 7
  1. Control module

Scheme 8

Scheme 8

Scheme 9

Scheme 9
  1. Sensor

Scheme 10

Scheme 10

Scheme 11

Scheme 11

Scheme 12

Scheme 12

Scheme 13

Scheme 13

Scheme 14

Scheme 14
  1. Solenoid valve, actuator, emission control system parts and ignition system parts

Scheme 15

Scheme 15

Scheme 16

Scheme 16

Scheme 17

Scheme 17

Scheme 18

Scheme 18

Scheme 19

Scheme 19

Scheme 20

Scheme 20

Scheme 21

Scheme 21: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION
ContentsConnector No.Terminal No.Signal (V)Note
Ignition SW ON (engine OFF)Engine ON (idling)
Crankshaft position sensorSignal (+)B1341307 - +7Waveform
Signal (-)B1341400
ShieldB1342400
Camshaft position sensorSignal (+)B1341207 - +7Waveform
Signal (-)B1342200
ShieldB1342400
Electronic throttle controlMainB134180.64 - 0.72 Fully opened: 3.960.64 - 0.72 (After engine is warmed-up.)Fully closed: 0.6 Fully opened: 3.96
SubB134281.51 - 1.58 Fully opened: 4.171.51 - 1.58 (After engine is warmed-up.)Fully closed: 1.48 Fully opened: 4.17
Power supplyB1341955
GND (sensor)B1342900
Electronic throttle control motor (+)B1375Duty waveformDuty waveformDrive frequency: 500 Hz
Electronic throttle control motor (-)B1374Duty waveformDuty waveformDrive frequency: 500 Hz
Electronic throttle control motor power supplyB136110 - 1312 - 14
Electronic throttle control motor relayB13621ON: 0 OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0 OFF: 12 - 14When ignition switch is turned to ON: ON
Accelerator pedal position sensorMain sensor signalB13523Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5
Main power supplyB1352155
GND (Main sensor)B1352900
Sub sensor signalB13531Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5Fully closed: 1.0 Fully opened: 3.5
Sub power supplyB1352255
GND (Sub sensor)B1353000
Rear oxygen sensorSignalB135400 - 0.9
ShieldB135100
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor heaterSignal 1B136310 - 131 - 14Duty waveform
Signal 2B136210 - 131 - 14Duty waveform
Rear oxygen sensor heater signalB136410 - 131 - 14Duty waveform
Engine coolant temperature sensorB134341.0 - 1.41.0 - 1.4After engine is warmed-up.
Starter switchB1363200AT model Cranking: 8 - 14 MT model Cranking with the clutch pedal pressed: 8 - 14
Starter relay controlB13620ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14
A/C switchB13624ON: 10 - 13 OFF: 0ON: 12 - 14 OFF: 0
Ignition switchB1351910 - 1312 - 14
Neutral position switchATB13631ON: 0 OFF: 12 ± 0.5For AT model, switch is ON when shift is in "P" range or "N" range.
MTON: 0OFF: 12 ± 0.5For MT model, switch is ON when shift is in "N" range.
Delivery (test) mode connectorB1352710 - 1313 - 14When connected: 0
Knock sensorSignalB134152.52.5
ShieldB1342500
Back-up power supplyB135510 - 1312 - 14Ignition switch "OFF": 10 - 13
Control module power supplyB134710 - 1312 - 14
B135210 - 1312 - 14
Ignition control#1, #2B1371801 - 3.4Waveform
#3, #4B1371901 - 3.4Waveform
Fuel injector#1B137810 - 131 - 14Waveform
#2B137910 - 131 - 14Waveform
#3B1371010 - 131 - 14Waveform
#4B1371110 - 131 - 14Waveform
Fuel pump relay controlB13612ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14
A/C relay controlB1369ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14
Radiator fan relay 1 controlB13618ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14
Radiator fan relay 2 controlB13629ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0.5 or less OFF: 12 - 14
Self-shutoff controlB136230.5 or less0.5 or less
Malfunction indicator lightB13611Light "ON": 1 or less Light "OFF": 10 - 14
Engine speed outputB136220 - 13 or moreWaveform
Oil temperature sensor signalB134231.0 - 1.41.0 - 1.4After engine is warmed-up.
Blow-by leak diagnosisB1343000
Purge control solenoid valveB13729ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14Duty waveform
EGR valveSignal 1B13480 or 10 - 130 or 12 - 14Waveform
Signal 2B13490 or 10 - 130 or 12 - 14Waveform
Signal 3B134100 or 10 - 130 or 12 - 14Waveform
Signal 4B134200 or 10 - 130 or 12 - 14Waveform
Power steering oil pressure switchB13433ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14
Blower fan switchB13511ON: 0 OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0 OFF: 12 - 14Manual A/C model
A/C middle pressure switchB13633ON: 0 OFF: 10 - 13ON: 0 OFF: 12 - 14
Oil switching solenoid valve RHSignal (+)B137250Duty waveformDrive frequency: 300 Hz
Signal (-)B1372400
Oil switching solenoid valve LHSignal (+)B137310Duty waveformDrive frequency: 300 Hz
Signal (-)B1373000
Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch RHB1343100
Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch LHB1343200
Front oxygen (A/F) sensorSignal (+)B13592.7 - 2.9
Signal (-)B13582.35 - 2.25
ShieldB135100
Manifold absolute pressure sensorB13463.4 - 3.81.4 - 1.8
Air flow sensorSignalB135260.3 - 4.5
ShieldB1353500
GNDB1353400
Intake air temperature sensor signalB135180.3 - 4.60.3 - 4.6
Immobilizer communication 1B136261 or less <--> 4 or more1 or less <--> 4 or more
Immobilizer communication 2B136341 or less <--> 4 or more1 or less <--> 4 or more
SSM/GST communication lineB136161 or less <--> 4 or more1 or less <--> 4 or more
Sensor power supplyB1341955
B1352255
GND (sensor)B1342900
B1353000
GND(Engine 1)B134500
(Engine 2)B137700
(Engine 3)B137200
(Engine 4)B137100
(Engine 5)B137300
(Ignition 1)B1372600
(Ignition 2)B137600
(Body)B136600
Clutch switchB13625When clutch pedal is depressed: 0 When clutch pedal is released: 10 - 13When clutch pedal is depressed: 0 When clutch pedal is released: 12 - 14
Brake switch 1B13520When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: 10 - 13When brake pedal is depressed: 0 When brake pedal is released: 12 - 14
Brake switch 2B13528When brake pedal is depressed: 10 - 13 When brake pedal is released: 0When brake pedal is depressed: 12 - 14 When brake pedal is released: 0
Cruise control main switchB13512ON: 0 OFF: 5ON: 0 OFF: 5
Cruise control command switchB13524When operating nothing: 3.5 - 4.5 When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 - 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 - 1.5 When operating cancel: 0 - 0.5When operating nothing: 3.5 - 4.5 When operating RES/ACC: 2.5 - 3.5 When operating SET/COAST: 0.5 - 1.5 When operating cancel: 0 - 0.5
Fuel temperature sensorB135172.5 - 3.82.5 - 3.8Ambient temperature: 25°C (77°F)
Fuel tank pressure sensorB135322.3 - 2.72.3 - 2.7Value after removing fuel filler cap and installing again
Pressure control solenoid valveB13628ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14
Drain valveB13617ON: 1 or less OFF: 10 - 13ON: 1 or less OFF: 12 - 14
CAN communication line (+)B136272.5 - 3.52.5 - 3.5Waveform
CAN communication line (-)B136351.5 - 2.51.5 - 2.5Waveform
AT/MT identification lineB13615MT model: 1 or less

ENGINE CONNECTOR TERMINALS REFERENCE CHART

WAVEFORM REFERENCE CHART Input/output name Measuring condition Waveform 1. Crankshaft position sensor During idling 2. Camshaft position sensor During idling

Scheme 22

Scheme 22

Scheme 23

Scheme 23

Scheme 24

Scheme 24

Scheme 25

Scheme 25

Scheme 26

Scheme 26

Scheme 27

Scheme 27

Scheme 28

Scheme 28

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

ContentsSpecification
Engine load17.6 - 40.5 (%): Idling
14.7 - 29.8 (%): 2,500 rpm racing

ENGINE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION

Measuring condition

  1. After engine is warmed-up.
  2. Set the select lever in "P" range or "N" range, or the shift lever in neutral.
  3. Turn the A/C to OFF.
  4. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF.

NOTE

This connector is used for Subaru Select Monitor.

CAUTIONDo not connect any scan tools except Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool because the circuit for Subaru Select Monitor may be damaged.

Scheme 29

Scheme 29
Terminal No.ContentsTerminal No.Contents
1Blank9Blank
2Blank10Blank
3Blank11Blank
4Ground12Blank
5Ground13Blank
6CAN communication (+)14CAN communication (-)
7Subaru Select Monitor signal15Blank
8Blank16Power supply

TERMINAL REFERENCE CHART

Scheme 30

Scheme 30: HOW TO USE GENERAL SCAN TOOL
  1. Prepare a scan tool (general scan tool) required by SAE J1978.
  2. Connect the general scan tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side).
  3. Using the general scan tool, call up DTC and freeze frame data. General scan tool functions consist of: MODE $01: Current powertrain diagnostic data MODE $02: Powertrain freeze frame data MODE $03: Emission-related powertrain DTC MODE $04: Clear/Reset emission-related diagnostic information MODE $06: Request on-board monitoring test results for intermittently monitored systems MODE $07: Request on-board monitoring test results for continuously monitored systems MODE $09: Request vehicle information Read out the data according to repair procedures. (For detailed operation procedure, refer to the general scan tool instruction manual.) NOTE: For details concerning DTC, Refer to " «LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)»(/subaru/impreza-wrx/gh-2007-2010/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

MODE $01: (CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA)

Refer to data denoting the current operating condition of analog input/output, digital input/output or the powertrain system.

A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.

PIDDataUnit of measure
$01Number of emission-related powertrain DTC, and malfunction indicator light status and diagnosis support information
$03Fuel system control status
$04Calculated engine load value%
$05Engine coolant temperature°C
$06Short term fuel trim%
$07Long term fuel trim%
$0BIntake manifold absolute pressureKPa
$0CEngine speedRpm
$0DVehicle speedKm/h, MPH
$0EIgnition timing advance°
$0FIntake air temperature°C or °F
$10Air flow rate from mass air flow sensorG/sec
$11Throttle valve absolute opening angle%
$13Check whether oxygen sensor is installed.
$15Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)V and %
$1CSupporting OBD system
$1FElapsed time after starting the engineSec
$21Travel distance after the malfunction indicator light illuminatesKm
$24A/F value and A/F sensor output voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)And V
$2CTarget EGR%
$2DEGR deviation%
$2EEvaporative purge%
$2FFuel level%
$30Number of warm ups after DTC clear
$31Travel distance after DTC clearKm
$32Fuel tank pressurePa
$33Barometric pressureKPa
$34A/F value and A/F sensor current (Bank 1 Sensor 1)And mA
$3CCatalyst temperature #1°C
$41Diagnostic monitor of each drive cycle
$42ECM power voltageV
$43Absolute load%
$44A/F target lambda
$45Relative throttle opening angle%
$46Ambient temperature°C
$47Absolute throttle opening angle 2%
$49Absolute accelerator opening angle 1%
$4AAbsolute accelerator opening angle 2%
$4CTarget throttle opening angle%
$4DEngine operating time while malfunction indicator litMin
$4EElapsed time after DTC clearMin
$51Fuel used
$5ARelative accelerator opening angle%

CURRENT POWERTRAIN DIAGNOSTIC DATA REFERENCE CHART

Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction manual to access generic OBD-II PIDs (MODE $01).

MODE $02 (POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA)

Refer to data denoting the operating condition when trouble is detected by on-board diagnosis system. A list of the support data and PID (Parameter Identification) codes are shown in the following table.

PIDDataUnit of measure
$02DTC that caused the freeze frame data storage required by CARB
$03Fuel system control status
$04Calculated engine load value%
$05Engine coolant temperature°C
$06Short term fuel trim (Bank 1 Sensor 1)%
$07Long term fuel trim (Bank 1 Sensor 1)%
$0BIntake manifold absolute pressureKPa
$0CEngine speedRpm
$0DVehicle speedKm/h, MPH
$0EIgnition timing advance°
$0FIntake air temperature°C or °F
$10Air flow rate from mass air flow sensorG/sec
$11Throttle valve absolute opening angle%
$13Check whether oxygen sensor is installed.
$15Oxygen sensor output voltage and short term fuel trim associated with oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)V and %
$1CSupporting OBD system
$1FElapsed time after starting the engineSec
$2CTarget EGR%
$2DEGR deviation%
$2EEvaporative purge%
$2FFuel level%
$32Fuel tank pressurePa
$33Barometric pressureKPa
$42ECM power voltageV
$43Absolute load%
$44A/F target lambda
$45Relative throttle opening angle%
$46Ambient temperature°C
$47Absolute throttle opening angle 2%
$49Absolute accelerator opening angle 1%
$4AAbsolute accelerator opening angle 2%
$4CTarget throttle opening angle%

POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA REFERENCE CHART

Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction manual to access freeze frame data (MODE $02).

Refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) " for information about data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC. LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

Refer to the mode used to clear or reset emission-related diagnostic information (OBD-II trouble diagnostic information).

Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction manual to clear the emission-related diagnostic information (MODE $04).

MODE $06

Refer to test value of troubleshooting and data of test limit indicated on the support data bit sequence table. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.

OBDMIDTIDSIDDiagnostic item
$01$81$0AA/F sensor continuity abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$82$8D
$83$14
$84$1EA/F sensor range abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$85$1E
$86$20A/F sensor response abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$02$87$0BOxygen sensor circuit abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$88$0B
$07$0BOxygen sensor drop abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$08$0B
$A5$0B
$05$10Oxygen sensor response abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
$06$10
$21$89$20Catalyst deterioration diagnosis (Bank 1)
$31$8A$FDEGR system diagnosis
$39$93$FEEvaporative emission control system (Cap off)
$3B$94$FEEvaporative emission control system (0.04 inch leak)
$95$FE
$3C$96$FEEvaporative emission control system (0.02 inch leak)
$97$FE
$3D$98$FEEvaporative emission control system (Purge flow)
$41$99$24A/F sensor heater abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$9A$24
$9B$14A/F sensor heater characteristics abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$42$9C$24Oxygen sensor heater abnormal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
$9D$24
$A1$0B$24Misfire monitoring (All cylinders)
$0C$24
$A2$0B$24Misfire monitoring (#1 cylinder)
$0C$24
$A3$0B$24Misfire monitoring (#2 cylinder)
$0C$24
$A4$0B$24Misfire monitoring (#3 cylinder)
$0C$24
$A5$0B$24Misfire monitoring (#4 cylinder)
$0C$24

POWERTRAIN FREEZE FRAME DATA REFERENCE CHART

MODE $07

Refer to the data of DTC (pending code) for troubleshooting result about emission in the first time.

MODE $09

Refer to data of vehicle specification (V.I.N., calibration ID, diagnosis frequency etc.).

Scheme 31

Scheme 31: HOW TO USE THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

Scheme 32

Scheme 32
  1. Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. PREPARATION TOOL, General Description. >
  2. Prepare the personal computer which has been installed the Subaru Select Monitor.
  3. Connect the USB cable between SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
  4. Connect the diagnosis cable to the SDI.
  5. Connect the SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
  6. Start up the personal computer.
  7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF), and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
  8. Call up DTC and data, then record them.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)

Refer to " READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE " for information about how to display a DTC. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)

Refer to " READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE " for information about how to display a DTC. READ DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save}.
  5. On the «Current Data Display & Save» display screen, select the {Normal Measurement}.
  6. Using the scroll key, scroll the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
  1. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
ContentsDisplayUnit of measureNote (at idling)
Engine loadEngine Load%21.0%
Engine coolant temperature signalCoolant Temp.°C or °F85°C or 185°F or more (after warm-up)
A/F correction 1A/F Correction #1%0.8%
A/F learning 1A/F Learning #1%0.0%
Intake manifold absolute pressureMani. Absolute PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig200 - 300 mmHg, 26.7 - 40 kPa, 7.8 - 11.8 inHg or 3.8 - 5.8 psig
Engine speed signalEngine speedRpm700 rpm (Agree with the tachometer indication)
Meter vehicle speed signalVehicle SpeedKm/h or MPH0 km/h or 0 MPH (at parking)
Ignition timing signalIgnition TimingDeg14 - 16 deg
Intake air temperature signalIntake Air Temp.°C or °F(Ambient air temperature)
Amount of intake airMass Air FlowG/s or lb/m2.5 g/s or 0.33 lb/m
Throttle opening angle signalThrottle Opening Angle%2.0%
Rear oxygen sensor voltageRear O2 SensorV0.1 - 0.7 V
Battery voltageBattery VoltageV12 - 14V
Mass air flow voltageAir Flow Sensor VoltageV1.26 V
Injection 1 pulse widthFuel Injection #1 PulseMs2.82 ms
Atmospheric pressure signalAtmosphere PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig(Atmosphere pressure)
Intake manifold relative pressureMani. Relative PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig(Air intake absolute pressure - atmosphere pressure)
Ignition learning valueLearned Ignition TimmingDeg0 deg
Acceleration opening angle signalAccel. Opening Angle%0.0%
Purge control solenoid duty ratioCPC Valve Duty Ratio%0 - 3%
No. of EGR stepsNo. of EGR StepsSTEP0 STEP
A/F sensor current value 1A/F Sensor #1 CurrentMA0.2 - 0.2 mA
A/F sensor resistance value 1A/F Sensor #1 ResistanceOhms32 ohms
A/F sensor output lambda 1A/F Sensor #11.0
A/F correction 3A/F Correction #3%0.3%
Throttle motor dutyThrottle Motor Duty%15%
Throttle power supply voltageThrottle Motor VoltageV(Battery voltage)
Sub throttle sensor voltageSub-throttle SensorV1.52 V
Main throttle sensor voltageMain-throttle SensorV0.66 V
Sub accelerator sensor voltageSub-accelerator SensorV0.68 V
Main accelerator sensor voltageMain-accelerator SensorV0.68 V
Memory vehicle speedMemorized Cruise SpeedKm/h or MPH0 km/h or 0 MPH
Fuel level sensor signalFuel Level ResistanceOhms2 - 96 ohms
Engine oil temperatureEngine Oil Temperature°C> or = 85°C (After engine is warmed-up.)
Oil switching solenoid valve duty ROSV Duty R%16.9%
Oil switching solenoid valve duty LOSV Duty L%16.9%
Oil switching solenoid valve current ROSV Current RMA192 mA
Oil switching solenoid valve current LOSV Current LMA192 mA
Variable valve lift modeVVL Lift Mode1
#1 cylinder roughness monitorRoughness Monitor #10
#2 cylinder roughness monitorRoughness Monitor #20
#3 cylinder roughness monitorRoughness Monitor #30
#4 cylinder roughness monitorRoughness Monitor #40
Knock sensor compensationKnock CorrectionDeg0.0 deg
AT/MT identification terminalAT Vehicle ID SignalAT vehicle/MT vehicle
Delivery (test) mode terminalTest Mode SignalU check
D check request flagD Check RequestOFF
Delivery (test) mode terminalDelivery Mode Connector (Test Mode Connector)OFF
Neutral position switch signalNeutral SWNeutral
Soft idle switch signalSoft Idle SWAt idle
Ignition switch signalIgnition SWON input
Power steering switch signalP/S SwitchOFF input (At OFF)
Air conditioning switch signalA/C SWOFF input (At OFF)
Starter switch signalStarter SwitchOFF input
Rear oxygen monitorRear O2 Rich SignalRich/Lean
Knocking signalKnock SignalNone
Crankshaft position sensor signalCrankshaft angle signalProvided
Camshaft position sensor signalCamshaft angle signalProvided
Rear defogger switch signalRear Defogger SwitchOFF input (At OFF)
Blower fan switch signalBlower Fan SwitchOFF input (At OFF)
Light switch signalLight SwitchOFF input (At OFF)
A/C middle pressure switch signalA/C Mid Pressure SwitchOFF input (When OFF)
Air conditioner compressor relay output signalA/C Compressor SignalOFF output (when OFF)
Radiator fan relay 1 signalRadiator Fan Relay #1OFF output (when OFF)
Radiator fan relay 2 signalRadiator Fan Relay #2OFF output (when OFF)
Fuel pump relay signalFuel Pump RelayON output
Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch signal 1Eng. Oil Press. SW 1ON
Variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch signal 2Eng. Oil Press. SW 2ON
AT coordinate retard angle demand signalRetard Signal from ATNone
AT coordinate fuel cut demand signalFuel Cut Signal from ATNone
AT coordinate permission signalTorque Permission SignalAllowed (prohibited on MT vehicles)
Electronic throttle control motor relay signalETC Motor RelayON
Stop light switch signalStop Light SWOFF (when OFF)
SET/COAST switch signalSET/CST SWOFF (when OFF)
RES/ACC switch signalRES/ACC SWOFF (when OFF)
Brake switch signalBrake SWOFF input (When OFF)
Main switch signalMain SWOFF input (When OFF)
Body integrated unit data receptionBody Int. Unit DataON
Body integrated unit counter updateBody Int. Unit CountON
Cruise control cancel switch signalCC Cancel SWOFF input (When OFF)
Malfunction indicator light signalMIL On FlagOff (when unlit)
Vehicle dynamics control (VDC) torque down prohibition outputBan of Torque DownPermission
Vehicle dynamics control (VDC) torque down demandRequest Torque Down VDCNone
Clutch switch signalClutch SWOFF (when OFF)
Fuel temperature signalFuel Temp.°C or °F+20°C or +68°F
A/F learning 3A/F Learning #3%0.00%
Fuel tank pressure signalFuel Tank PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig+7.7 mmHg, +1.1 kPa, +0.31 inHg or +0.15 psig
PCV hose assembly diagnosis signalBlow-by Leak Diagnosis ConnectorConnected
Pressure control solenoid valve signalPCV Solenoid ValveOFF output
Drain valve signalVent. Solenoid ValveOFF output

CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE)

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {OBD System}.
  5. On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the {Current Data Display & Save}.
  6. On the «Current Data Display & Save» display screen, select the {All Data Display}.
  7. Using the scroll key, scroll the display screen up or down until the desired data is shown.
  1. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
ContentsDisplayReferential value (at idling)Unit of measure
Number of diagnosis codeNumber of Diag. Code0
Condition of malfunction indicator lightMI (MIL)OFF
Monitoring test of misfireMisfire monitoring (Supp)YES
Monitoring test of misfireMisfire monitoring (Rdy)YES
Monitoring test of fuel systemFuel system monitoring (Supp)YES
Monitoring test of fuel systemFuel system monitoring (Rdy)YES
Monitoring test of comprehensive componentComponent monitoring (Supp)YES
Monitoring test of comprehensive componentComponent monitoring (Rdy)YES
Test of catalystCatalyst Diagnosis (Supp)YES
Test of catalystCatalyst Diagnosis (Rdy)NO
Test of heating-type catalystHeated catalyst (Supp)NO
Test of heating-type catalystHeated catalyst (Rdy)N/A
Test of evaporative emission purge control systemEvaporative purge system (Supp)YES
Test of evaporative emission purge control systemEvaporative purge system (Rdy)NO
Secondary air system testSecondary air system (Supp)NO
Secondary air system testSecondary air system (Rdy)N/A
Test of air conditioning system refrigerantA/C system refrigerant (Supp)NO
Test of air conditioning system refrigerantA/C system refrigerant (Rdy)N/A
Test of oxygen sensorOxygen sensor (Supp)YES
Test of oxygen sensorOxygen sensor (Rdy)NO
Test of oxygen sensor heaterO2 Heater Diagnosis (Supp)YES
Test of oxygen sensor heaterO2 Heater Diagnosis (Rdy)NO
Test of EGR systemEGR system (Supp)YES
Test of EGR systemEGR system (Rdy)NO
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1Fuel system for Bank 1Normal CLOSE
Engine load dataCalculated load value23.0%
Engine coolant temperature signalCoolant Temp.92°C
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1)Short term fuel trim B10.8%
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1)Long term fuel trim B10.0%
Intake manifold absolute pressure signalMani. Absolute Pressure211MmHg
Engine speed signalEngine speed700Rpm
Vehicle speed signalVehicle Speed0Km/h
#1 Cylinder ignition timingIgnition Timing adv. #116.0°
Intake air temperature signalIntake Air Temp.36°C
Amount of intake airMass Air Flow2.7G/s
Throttle position signalThrottle Opening Angle13%
Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)Oxygen sensor #120.7V
A/F correction (Bank 1 Sensor 2)A/F Correction #120.0%
On-board diagnostic systemOBD systemOBD/OBD2
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)Oxygen sensor #11Support
Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)Oxygen sensor #12Support
Time elapsed after engine startTime Since Engine StartSec
Driving distance after the malfunction indicator light illuminatesLighted Ml lamp historyKm
A/F lambda signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)A/F sensor #111.001
A/F sensor output signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)A/F sensor #112.79V
Target EGRTarget EGR%
EGR errorEGR deviation%
Evaporative purgeCommanded Evap Purge0%
Fuel level signalFuel Level%
Number of warm ups after DTC clearNumber of warm-ups
Driving distance after DTC clearMeter since DTC clearedKm
Fuel tank pressure signalFuel Tank Pressure8.8MmHg
Atmospheric pressure signalAtmosphere PressureAtmospheric pressureMmHg
A/F lambda signal (Bank 1 Sensor 1)A/F sensor #111.001
A/F sensor current (Bank 1 Sensor 1)A/F sensor #110.00MA
Catalyst temperature #1Catalyst Temperature #11°C
Monitoring test of misfireMisfire monitoring (Enable)YES
Monitoring test of misfireMisfire monitoring (Comp)NO
Monitoring test of fuel systemFuel system monitoring (Enable)YES
Monitoring test of fuel systemFuel system monitoring (Comp)NO
Monitoring test of comprehensive componentComponent monitoring (Enable)YES
Monitoring test of comprehensive componentComponent monitoring (Comp)NO
Test of catalystCatalyst Diagnosis (Enable)YES
Test of catalystCatalyst Diagnosis (Comp)NO
Test of heating-type catalystHeated catalyst (Enable)N/A
Test of heating-type catalystHeated catalyst (Comp)N/A
Test of evaporative emission purge control systemEvaporative purge system (Enable)NO
Test of evaporative emission purge control systemEvaporative purge system (Comp)NO
Secondary air system testSecondary air system (Enable)N/A
Secondary air system testSecondary air system (Comp)N/A
Test of air conditioning system refrigerantA/C system refrigerant (Enable)N/A
Test of air conditioning system refrigerantA/C system refrigerant (Comp)N/A
Test of oxygen sensorOxygen sensor (Enable)YES
Test of oxygen sensorOxygen sensor (Comp)NO
Test of oxygen sensor heaterO2 Heater Diagnosis (Enable)YES
Test of oxygen sensor heaterO2 Heater Diagnosis (Comp)NO
Test of EGR systemEGR system (Enable)YES
Test of EGR systemEGR system (Comp)NO
ECM power voltageControl module voltage13.789V
Absolute loadAbsolute Load Value22%
A/F ratio target lambdaTarget Equivalence Ratio0.976
Relative throttle opening angleRelative Throttle Pos.2%
Ambient temperatureAmbient TemperatureAmbient air temperature°C
Absolute throttle opening angle 2Absolute Throttle Pos. #232%
Absolute accelerator opening angle 1Accelerator Pedal Pos. #113%
Absolute accelerator opening angle 2Accelerator Pedal Pos. #213%
Target throttle opening angleTarget Throt. Act. Cont.0%
Engine operating time while malfunction indicator litTime while MIL lightedMin
Time elapsed after DTC clearTime since DTC clearedMin
Fuel usedType of fuelGAS
Relative accelerator opening angleRelative Accelera. Pos.0%

CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

READ FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {OBD System}.
  5. On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the {Freeze Frame Data Display}.
  1. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
ContentsDisplayUnit of measure
Freeze frame data DTC codeFreeze frame dataDTC
Air fuel ratio control system for bank 1Fuel system for Bank 1Normal CLOSE or OPEN early period
Engine load dataCalculated load value%
Engine coolant temperature signalCoolant Temp.°C or °F
Short term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensorA/F Correction Value #1%
Long term fuel trim by front oxygen (A/F) sensorA/F Learning Value #1%
Intake manifold absolute pressure signalMani. Absolute PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig
Engine speed signalEngine speedRpm
Vehicle speed signalVehicle SpeedKm/h or MPH
Ignition timing advance for #1 cylinderIgnition Timing adv. #1°
Intake air temperature signalIntake Air Temp.°C or °F
Amount of intake airMass Air FlowG/s or lb/m
Throttle position signalThrottle Opening Angle%
Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)Oxygen sensor #12V
A/F correction (Bank 1 Sensor 2)A/F Correction #12%
On-board diagnostic systemOBD system
Front oxygen (A/F) sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)Oxygen sensor #11Support
Oxygen sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)Oxygen sensor #12Support
Time elapsed after engine startTime Since Engine StartSec
Target EGRTarget EGR%
EGR errorEGR deviation%
Evaporative purgeCommanded Evap Purge%
Fuel level signalFuel Level%
Fuel tank pressure signalFuel Tank PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig
Atmospheric pressureAtmosphere PressureMmHg, kPa, inHg or psig
ECM power voltageControl module voltageV
Absolute loadAbsolute Load Value%
A/F ratio target lambdaTarget Equivalence Ratio
Relative throttle opening angleRelative Throttle Pos.%
Ambient temperatureAmbient Temperature°C or °F
Absolute throttle opening angle 2Absolute Throttle Pos. #2%
Absolute accelerator opening angle 1Accelerator Pedal Pos.#1%
Absolute accelerator opening angle 2Accelerator Pedal Pos.#2%
Target throttle opening angleTarget Throt. Act. Cont.%

FREEZE FRAME DATA FOR ENGINE (OBD MODE)

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

V.I.N REGISTRATION

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {V.I.N. Registration}.
  5. Perform the procedures shown on the display screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (NORMAL MODE)

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {Diagnostic Code(s) Display}.
  5. On the «Diagnostic Code(s) Display» screen, select the {Temporary Code} or {Memory Code}.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor. For details concerning DTC, refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (OBD MODE)

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {OBD System}.
  5. On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the {Diagnostic Code(s) Display}.
  6. Make sure DTC is shown on the screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor. For details concerning DTC, refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

GENERAL SCAN TOOL

Refer to data denoting emission-related powertrain DTC.

For details concerning DTC, refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

Note. Refer to general scan tool manufacturer's instruction manual to access powertrain DTC (MODE $03).

PROCEDURE

Perform the diagnosis shown in the following DTC table.

When performing the diagnosis not listed in "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)", refer to the item on the drive cycle. DRIVE CYCLE. >

DTCItemCondition
P0031HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0032HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0037HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0038HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0077Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 1)
P0083Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 2)
P0102Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low Input
P0103Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High Input
P0107Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
P0108Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
P0112Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low
P0113Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High
P0117Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low
P0118Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High
P0122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit Low
P0123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit High
P0131O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0132O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0137O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0138O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0140O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0182Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Low Input
P0183Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit High Input
P0197Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Low
P0198Engine Oil Temperature Sensor High
P0222Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit Low
P0223Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit High
P0327Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0328Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0335Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit
P0336Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance
P0340Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0341Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)
P0447Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Open
P0448Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit Shorted
P0452Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input
P0453Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input
P0458Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit Low
P0462Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Low
P0463Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit High
P0500Vehicle Speed Sensor "A"
P0512Starter Request Circuit
P0513Incorrect Immobilizer Key
P0600Serial Communication Link
P0604Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) Error
P0605Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) Error
P0607Control Module Performance
P0638Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1)
P0700Transmission Control System (MIL Request)
P0851Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low
P0852Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit High
P1152O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (Low) (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1153O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (High) (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1160Return Spring Failure
P1400Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Circuit Low
P1420Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol. Valve Circuit High
P1491Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow-by) Function Problem
P1560Back-up Voltage Circuit Malfunction
P1570Antenna
P1571Reference Code Incompatibility
P1572IMM Circuit Failure (Except Antenna Circuit)
P1574KEY Communication Failure
P1576EGI Control Module EEPROM
P1577IMM Control Module EEPROM
P1578Meter Failure
P2101Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/Performance
P2102Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Low
P2109Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor "A" Minimum Stop Performance
P2122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit Low Input
P2123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit High Input
P2127Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Low Input
P2128Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit High Input
P2135Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/""B" Voltage Correlation
P2138Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D"/"E" Voltage Correlation
P2227Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/Performance
P2228Barometric Pressure Circuit Low
P2229Barometric Pressure Circuit High

LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC)

PREPARATION FOR THE INSPECTION MODE

  1. Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 - 40 l (5.3 - 10.6 US gal, 4.4 - 8.8 lmp gal)].
  2. Lift up the vehicle using a garage jack and place it on rigid racks, or drive the vehicle onto free rollers.
WARNINGBefore raising the vehicle, ensure parking brakes are applied. Do not use a pantograph jack in place of a rigid rack. Secure a rope or wire to the front or rear towing hooks to prevent the lateral runout of front wheels. Before rotating the wheels, make sure that there is no one in front of the vehicle. Besides while the wheels are rotating, make sure that no one approaches the vehicle front side. Make sure that there is nothing around the wheels. For AWD model, pay special attention to all four wheels. While servicing, do not depress or release the clutch pedal or accelerator pedal quickly regardless of the engine speed. Quick operation may cause the vehicle to drop off the free roller. To prevent the vehicle from slipping due to vibration, do not place anything between rigid rack and the vehicle.

Scheme 33

Scheme 33

Scheme 34

Scheme 34: SUBARU SELECT MONITOR

Scheme 35

Scheme 35

Scheme 36

Scheme 36
  1. After clearing the memory, check for any remaining unresolved trouble data. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  2. Warm-up the engine.
  3. Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. PREPARATION TOOL, General Description. >
  4. Prepare the personal computer which has been installed the Subaru Select Monitor.
  5. Connect the USB cable between SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
  6. Connect the diagnosis cable to the SDI.
  7. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
  8. Connect the SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
  9. Start up the personal computer.
  10. Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF), and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
  11. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  12. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  13. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  14. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {D Check}.
  15. When the «Perform Inspection (Dealer Check) Mode» is shown on the screen, click the [Next] button.
  16. Perform subsequent procedures as instructed on the display screen.
  1. If trouble still remains in the memory, the corresponding DTC appears on the display screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor. For details concerning DTC, refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). > Release the parking brake. The speed difference between front and rear wheels may illuminate the ABS warning light, but this does not indicate a malfunction. When engine control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis function. CLEAR MEMORY MODE . >

Scheme 37

Scheme 37: GENERAL SCAN TOOL

Scheme 38

Scheme 38
  1. After performing the diagnostics and clearing the memory, check for any remaining unresolved trouble data. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  2. Warm-up the engine.
  3. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
  4. Connect the general scan tool to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
  5. Start the engine. NOTE: Ensure the selector lever is placed in "P" range before starting. (AT model) Depress the clutch pedal when starting engine. (MT model)
  6. Turn the neutral position switch to ON using select lever or shift lever.
  7. Depress the brake pedal to turn the brake switch ON. (AT model)
  8. Keep the engine speed in 2,500 - 3,000 rpm range for 40 seconds.
  9. Place the select lever or shift lever in D position (AT model) or 1st gear (MT model) and drive the vehicle at 5 to 10 km/h (3 to 6 MPH). NOTE: For AWD model, release the parking brake. The speed difference between front and rear wheels may illuminate the ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunctions. When engine control diagnosis is finished, perform the ABS memory clearance procedure of self-diagnosis system. CLEAR MEMORY MODE . >
  10. Using the general scan tool, check DTC and record the result(s).

Note. For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual. For details concerning DTC, refer to " LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) ". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >

For the troubleshooting, there are driving patterns described below. Driving in the specified pattern allows to diagnose malfunctioning items listed below. After the repair of the following trouble items, be sure to drive the vehicle with the specified drive patterns to check whether the function is resumed correctly.

PREPARATION FOR DRIVE CYCLE

  1. Check that the battery voltage is 12 V or more and fuel remains approx. half [20 - 40 l (5.3 - 10.6 US gal, 4.4 - 8.8 lmp gal)].
  2. After performing the diagnostics and clearing the memory, check for any remaining unresolved trouble data. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  3. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector.

Note. Perform the diagnosis after warming up the engine except when the engine coolant temperature at starting is specified. Perform the diagnosis twice if the DTC marked with *. After completing the first diagnosis, stop the engine and perform second diagnosis in same condition.

DRIVE CYCLE A - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR 20 MINUTES, AND THEN IDLE THE ENGINE FOR A MINUTE

DTCItemCondition
*P0125Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel ControlCoolant temperature at start is less than 20°C (68°F).
*P0128Coolant Thermostat (Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
*P0133O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
*P0171System Too Lean (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P0172System Too Rich (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
P0196Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
*P0301Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P0302Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P0303Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P0304Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P0420Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)
*P0442Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak)Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F).
*P0451Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor
*P0456Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F).
*P0457Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Cap Loose/Off)Engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F).
*P0459Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit High
P1443Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function Problem
*P2096Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
*P2097Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.
P2103Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit HighDiagnosis completes in drive cycle B or C as well.

DRIVE CYCLE CONDITION CHART

DRIVE CYCLE B - 10 MINUTES IDLING

Note. Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more before diagnosis.

DTCItemCondition
*P0126Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature for Stable Operation
*P0171System Too Lean (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0172System Too Rich (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0301Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0302Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0303Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0304Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P0464Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Intermittent
*P0506Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
*P0507Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
*P2096Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
*P2097Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.
P2103Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit HighDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or C as well.

DRIVE CYCLE CONDITION CHART

Scheme 39

Scheme 39: DRIVE CYCLE C - DRIVE THE VEHICLE WITH FOLLOWING DRIVE PATTERNS
DTCItemCondition
P0026Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1)
P0028Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2)
*P0030HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
*P0068MAP/MAF - Throttle Position Correlation
P0076Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 1)
P0082Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 2)
*P0101Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/Performance
*P0134O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
*P0139O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
*P0171System Too Lean (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0172System Too Rich (Bank 1)Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0301Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0302Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0303Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0304Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P0400Exhaust Gas Recirculation Flow
P1492EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)
P1493EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)
P1494EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)
P1495EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)
P1496EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)
P1497EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)
P1498EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)
P1499EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)
*P2096Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
*P2097Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1Diagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.
P2103Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit HighDiagnosis completes in drive cycle A or B as well.

VEHICLE DRIVE PATTERNS CHART

DRIVE CYCLED

  1. DRIFT DIAGNOSIS Check that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F). Make sure that fuel remains 10 l (2.6 US gal, 2.2 lmp gal) or more and the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more. Start the engine, and check that the engine coolant temperature increases by 10°C (50°F) or more, and reaches 75°C (167°F) or more, when the engine is warmed up. Idle the engine for 120 seconds or more in the condition of step 3.
  2. STUCK DIAGNOSIS Make sure that the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. > Drive the vehicle for the distance equal to the fuel of 50 l (13.2 US gal, 11 lmp gal). NOTE: It is acceptable to drive the vehicle intermittently. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.) DRIVE CYCLED CONDITION CHART DTC Item Condition P0181 Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance

DRIVE CYCLE E

  1. Make sure that the battery voltage is 10.9 V or more.
  2. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  3. Drive the vehicle for the distance equal to the fuel of 30 l (7.9 US gal, 6.6 lmp gal).

Note. It is acceptable to drive the vehicle intermittently. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.)

DTCItemCondition
P0461Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance

DRIVE CYCLED CONDITION CHART

DRIVE CYCLE F

  1. Check that the engine coolant temperature at engine start is less than 30°C (86°F).
  2. Start the engine, and warm it up until engine coolant temperature increases over 95°C (203°F).
  3. After the engine has reached the state of procedure 2), idle the engine for 10 minutes or more.

Note. Do not disconnect the battery terminals while diagnosing. (Data will be cleared by disconnecting the battery terminals.)

DTCItemCondition
P0111Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/Performance

DRIVE CYCLED CONDITION CHART

DRIVE CYCLE H

  1. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
  2. With the ignition switch ON, read the engine coolant temperature, intake air temperature and fuel temperature. READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE (NORMAL MODE), OPERATION, Subaru Select Monitor. >
  3. If the values from step 2) satisfy the following two conditions, start the engine. Condition: |Engine coolant temperature - Intake air temperature | < or = 5°C (41 °F) |Engine coolant temperature - Fuel temperature | < or = 2°C (36°F) NOTE: If the conditions are not satisfied, turn the ignition switch to OFF and wait until the parameters are satisfied. Start AT vehicles in the P range, and MT vehicles in the N position.
  4. Idle the engine for 1 minute under the conditions in step 3).
DTCItemCondition
*P1602Control Module Programming Error

DRIVE CYCLED CONDITION CHART

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {Clear Memory}.
  5. When the "Clear Memory?" is shown on the screen, click the [Yes] button.
  6. When "Done" and "Turn ignition switch to OFF" is shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF.

Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. Therefore, start the engine 10 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch to ON. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

  1. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  2. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  3. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  4. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {OBD System}.
  5. On the «OBD Menu» display screen, select the {Clear Diagnostic Code?}.
  6. When the "Clear Diagnostic Code?" is shown on the screen, click the [Yes] button.
  7. When "Done" and "Turn ignition switch to OFF" is shown on the display screen, turn the ignition switch to OFF.

Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. Therefore, start the engine 10 seconds or more after turning the ignition switch to ON. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

For clear memory procedures using the general scan tool, refer to "General Scan Tool Instruction Manual".

Note. Initial diagnosis of electronic throttle control is performed after memory clearance. For this reason, start the engine after 10 seconds or more have elapsed since the ignition switch was turned to ON.

Scheme 40

Scheme 40: OPERATION

Scheme 41

Scheme 41

Scheme 42

Scheme 42
  1. Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. PREPARATION TOOL, General Description. >
  2. Prepare the personal computer which has been installed the Subaru Select Monitor.
  3. Connect the USB cable between SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
  4. Connect the diagnosis cable to the SDI.
  5. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector (A) located under the glove box.
  6. Connect the SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
  7. Start up the personal computer.
  8. Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF), and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
  9. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  10. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  11. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  12. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {System Operation Check Mode}.
  13. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display screen, select the {Actuator ON/OFF Operation}.
  14. Select the desired compulsory actuator on the «Actuator ON/OFF Operation» display screen and click the [Next] button.
  15. Clicking the [End] button completes the compulsory valve operation check mode. The display will then return to the «Actuator ON/OFF Operation» screen.
  1. A list of the support data is shown in the following table.
DescriptionDisplay
Compulsory fuel pump relay operation checkFuel Pump
Compulsory purge control solenoid valve operation checkCPC Solenoid
Compulsory radiator fan relay operation checkRadiator Fan Relay
Compulsory air conditioning relay operation checkA/C Compressor Relay
Compulsory pressure control solenoid valve operation checkPCV Solenoid Valve
Compulsory drain valve operation checkVent. Control Solenoid Valve

LIST OF SUPPORT DATA

Note. The following parts will be displayed but not functional.

Display
EGR Solenoid Valve
ASV Solenoid Valve
FICD Solenoid
Pressure Switching Sol. 1
Pressure Switching Sol. 2
AAI Solenoid Valve
Tank Sensor Cntl Valve
Turbocharger Wastegate Solenoid
EXH. Bypass Control Permit Flag
Secondary Air Combination Valve 1

DISPLAY REFERENCE CHART

  1. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

Scheme 43

Scheme 43: OPERATION

Scheme 44

Scheme 44
  1. Prepare the Subaru Select Monitor kit. PREPARATION TOOL, General Description. >
  2. Prepare the personal computer which has been installed the Subaru Select Monitor.
  3. Connect the USB cable between SDI (Subaru Diagnosis Interface) and USB port on the personal computer (dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor). NOTE: The dedicated port for the Subaru Select Monitor means the USB port which was used to install the Subaru Select Monitor.
  4. Connect the diagnosis cable to the SDI.
  5. Connect the SDI to data link connector located in the lower portion of the instrument panel (on the driver's side). CAUTION: Do not connect the scan tools except for Subaru Select Monitor and general scan tool.
  6. Start up the personal computer.
  7. Turn the ignition switch to ON (engine OFF), and run the "PC application for Subaru Select Monitor".
  8. On the «Main Menu» display screen, select the {Each System Check}.
  9. On the «System Selection Menu» display screen, select the {Engine Control System}.
  10. Click the [OK] button after the information of engine type has been displayed.
  11. On the «Engine Diagnosis» display screen, select the {System Operation Check Mode}.
  12. The following items will be displayed on screen.
Display
Actuator ON/OFF Operation
Immobilizer System
Fuel Pump Control
Fixed Idle Ignition Timing
Idle Speed Control
Injector Control
EGR Valve Control

DISPLAY REFERENCE CHART

FUEL PUMP CONTROL (OFF DRIVE)

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display, select the {Fuel Pump Control}.
  2. On the «Fuel Pump Control» display screen, select the {OFF Operation}.
  3. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  4. Click the [Cancel] button to end the OFF drive. The screen will return to the «Fuel Pump Control» screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

FUEL PUMP CONTROL (ON/OFF DRIVE)

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display, select the {Fuel Pump Control}.
  2. On the «Fuel Pump Control» display screen, select the {ON/OFF Operation}.
  3. On the «Turn Ignition Switch ON with Engine Stalled» display screen, turn the ignition switch to ON and click the [OK] button.
  4. Click the [Cancel] button to end the ON/OFF drive. The screen will return to the «Fuel Pump Control» screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

IDLING IGNITION TIMING FIXED

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display screen, select the {Idling Ignition Timing Fixed}.
  2. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  3. Click the [Cancel] button to end the idle ignition timing fixed. The screen will return to the « «SYSTEM OPERATION CHECK MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx/gh-2007-2010/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so) » screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

IDLE SPEED CONTROL

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display screen, select the {Idle Speed Control}.
  2. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  3. In the «Idle Engine Speed Control» screen, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in a range between 500 rpm - 2,000 rpm, in increments of 50 rpm. However, the engine speed that can actually be controlled will vary depending on the vehicle.
  4. Click the [Cancel] button to end the idle speed control. The screen will return to the « «SYSTEM OPERATION CHECK MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx/gh-2007-2010/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so) » screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION STOP MODE)

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display, select the {Injector Control}.
  2. On the «Injector Control» display screen, select the {Injection Stop Mode}.
  3. Select the desired injector number on the «Injection Stop Mode» screen, and click the [OK] button.
  4. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  5. Click the [Cancel] button to return the «Injection Stop Mode» display screen.
  6. On the «Injection Stop Mode» display screen, click the [Return] button to end the «Injection Stop Mode». The screen will return to the «Injector Control» screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

INJECTOR CONTROL. (INJECTION QUANTITY CONTROL)

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display, select the {Injector Control}.
  2. On the «Injector Control» display screen, select the {Injection Quantity Control}.
  3. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  4. In the «Injection Quantity Control» screen, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in a range between 0 - 20%, in increments of 1%.
  5. Click the [Cancel] button to end the injection quantity control. The screen will return to the «Injector Control» screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

EGR VALVE CONTROL

CAUTIONAfter executing the operation check mode, execute the Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. >.
  1. On the «System Operation Check Mode» display, select the {EGR Valve Control}.
  2. On the «Start the Engine» display screen, start the engine and click the [OK] button.
  3. In the «EGR Valve Control» screen, click the [↑] button or the [↓] button to change the setting values, then click the [OK] button. Setting is possible in 1 STEP increments. However, the number of STEPs that can actually be controlled will vary depending on the vehicle.
  4. Click the [Cancel] button to end the EGR valve control. The screen will return to the « «SYSTEM OPERATION CHECK MODE»(/subaru/impreza-wrx/gh-2007-2010/remont/testing-diagnostics/#engine-controls-engine-diagnostics-h4so) » screen.

Note. For detailed operation procedure, refer to the PC application help for Subaru Select Monitor.

1. Activation of malfunction indicator light. ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT, Malfunction Indicator Light . >
2. Malfunction indicator light does not come on. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light . >
3. Malfunction indicator light does not go off. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF, Malfunction Indicator Light . >
4. Malfunction indicator light does not blink. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT BLINK, Malfunction Indicator Light . >
5. Malfunction indicator light remains blinking. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REMAINS BLINKING, Malfunction indicator Light . >

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT REFERENCE

Scheme 45

Scheme 45: ACTIVATION OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT

Scheme 46

Scheme 46

Scheme 47

Scheme 47
  1. When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light (A) in the combination meter illuminates. NOTE: If the malfunction indicator light does not illuminate, perform diagnostics of the malfunction indicator light circuit or the combination meter circuit. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light. >
  2. After starting the engine, the malfunction indicator light goes out. If it does not go off, either the engine or emission control system has malfunction.
  3. Turn the ignition switch to OFF and connect the delivery (test) mode connector. When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), the malfunction indicator light illuminates. After the engine starts, malfunction indicator light blinks in a cycle of 0.5 Hz. (During diagnosis) Malfunction indicator light blinks at a cycle of 3 Hz after diagnosis if there is no trouble. Malfunction indicator light illuminates if faulty.

DIAGNOSIS

The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.

TROUBLE SYMPTOM

When the ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), malfunction indicator light does not come on.

Scheme 48

Scheme 48: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Go to step 4.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor connection by shaking or pulling ECM connector and harness.Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK ECM CONNECTOR. Check the connection of ECM connector.Is the ECM connector correctly connected?Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >Repair the connection of ECM connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the combination meter. COMBINATION METER . > Disconnect the connector from ECM and combination meter. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and combination meter connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 11 - (i10) No. 38Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 5.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and combination meter connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of combination meter connector.Is there poor contact in combination meter connector?Repair the poor contact of combination meter connector.Go to step 6.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between combination meter connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (i10) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Replace the combination meter circuit board. COMBINATION METER . >Check the following item and repair if necessary. NOTE: Blown out of fuse (No. 5) Open or short circuit in harness between fuse (No. 5) and battery terminal Poor contact of ignition switch connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
Blown out of fuse (No. 5) Open or short circuit in harness between fuse (No. 5) and battery terminal Poor contact of ignition switch connector

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

The malfunction indicator light circuit is shorted.

Although malfunction indicator light illuminates when the engine runs, DTC is not shown on the Subaru Select Monitor display.

Scheme 49

Scheme 49: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON.Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?Repair the ground short circuit of harness between combination meter and ECM connector.Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. The malfunction indicator light circuit is open or shorted.
  2. The delivery (test) mode connector circuit is open.

Malfunction indicator light does not blink during Inspection Mode.

Scheme 50

Scheme 50: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. (engine OFF)Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?Go to step 2.Repair the malfunction indicator light circuit. MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT COME ON, Malfunction Indicator Light. >
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ECM CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON.Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate?Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and combination meter connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR AND ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between delivery (test) mode connector and ECM. Connector & terminal (B76) No. 1 - (B136) No. 6Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector Poor contact of joint connector
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the ECM connector.Is there poor contact in ECM connector?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 5.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM terminals. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 27 - (B136) No. 6Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 6.Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector.
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the ECM connector.Is there poor contact in ECM connector?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

The delivery (test) mode connector circuit is shorted.

Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is not connected.

Scheme 51

Scheme 51: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK DELIVERY (TEST) MODE CONNECTOR. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON.Does the malfunction indicator light blink?Go to step 2.System is normal. NOTE: Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is connected.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CHASSIS GROUND. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 27 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and delivery (test) mode connector.Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >
NOTE
Malfunction indicator light blinks when delivery (test) mode connector is connected.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

1. Check of the fuel amount
2. Inspection of starter motor circuit. STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure . >
3. Inspection of ECM power supply and ground line. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM), Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure . >
4. Inspection of ignition control system. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Startina Failure . >
5. Inspection of fuel pump circuit. FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure . >
6. Inspection of fuel injector circuit. FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure . >

DIAGNOSTICS FOR ENGINE STARTING FAILURE REFERENCE

STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode CLEAR MEMORY MODE. > and Inspection Mode INSPECTION MODE. >.

Scheme 52

Scheme 52: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK BATTERY. Check the battery voltage.Is the voltage 12 V or more?Go to step 2.Charge or replace the battery.
2 CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.Does the starter motor operate?Go to step 3.Go to step 4.
3 CHECK DTC.Is DTC displayed? OPERATION, Read Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >Check the appropriate DTC using the List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >The circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
4 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR STARTER MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from starter motor. On AT models, set the select lever to the "P" range or "N" range, and on MT models, depress the clutch pedal. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the voltage between the starter motor connector and the engine ground. Connector & terminal (B14) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Check the starter motor. STARTER . >Go to step 5.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BATTERY AND IGNITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ignition switch. Measure the voltage between ignition switch connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B72) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 6.Check the following item and repair if necessary. Blown out of fuse Open or ground short circuit of harness between ignition switch connector and battery
6 CHECK IGNITION SWITCH. Measure the resistance between ignition switch terminals after turning the ignition switch to START position. Terminals No. 3 - No. 2: No. 3 - No. 6Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 7.Replace the ignition switch. REPLACEMENT , Ignition Key Lock . >
7 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF STARTER RELAY. Remove the starter relay. Connect the connector to ignition switch. Measure the voltage between starter relay connector and chassis ground after turning the ignition switch to START position. Connector & terminal (B225) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B225) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 8.Repair open circuit or short circuit to ground in harness between starter relay connector and ignition switch.
8 CHECK STARTER RELAY. Connect the battery to starter relay terminals No. 11 and No. 12. Measure the resistance between starter relay terminals. Terminals No. 9 - No. 10Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 9.Replace the starter relay.
9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND STARTER RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and starter relay connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 20 - (B225) No. 12Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 10.Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and starter relay connector.
10 CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.Is the transmission type AT?Go to step 11.Go to step 15.
11 CHECK ECM INPUT VOLTAGE. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the input voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 12.Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition switch connector.
12 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STARTER RELAY AND INHIBITOR SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance of harness between starter relay connector and inhibitor relay connector. Connector & terminal (B225) No. 10 - (T7) No. 12Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 13.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between starter relay connector and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector
13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN INHIBITOR SWITCH AND STARTER MOTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between the inhibitor switch connector and starter motor. Connector & terminal (T7) No. 7 - (B14) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 14.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and starter motor Poor contact of coupling connector
14 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH. Place the select lever in other than "P" range and "N" range. Measure the resistance between inhibitor switch terminals. Terminals No.7 - No.12Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Check the ECM power supply and ground line. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM), Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Replace the inhibitor switch. INHIBITOR SWITCH . >
15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNITION SWITCH AND CLUTCH SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from clutch switch. Turn the ignition switch to START. Measure the voltage between the clutch switch connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B106) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 16.Repair the open circuit in harness between ignition switch connector and clutch switch connector.
16 CHECK CLUTCH SWITCH. Measure the resistance between clutch switch terminals while depressing the clutch. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 17.Replace the clutch switch. CLUTCH SWITCH . >
17 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CLUTCH SWITCH. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and clutch switch connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 32 - (B106) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 18.Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and clutch switch connector.
18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STARTER RELAY AND STARTER MOTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between starter relay connector and starter motor. Connector & terminal (B225) No. 10 - (B14) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Check the ECM power supply and ground line. CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM), Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Repair the open circuit of the harness between starter relay connector and starter motor.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND LINE OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM)

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 53

Scheme 53: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK MAIN RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the main relay. Connect the battery to main relay terminals No. 39 and No. 40. Measure the resistance between main relay terminals. Terminals No. 37 - No. 38Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Replace the main relay.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 19 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 4.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
4 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MAIN RELAY. Measure the voltage between main relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 37 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B220) No. 39 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 5.Repair the open or ground short circuit of harness of power supply circuit.
5 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Check ignition control system. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM connector and main relay connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode CLEAR MEMORY MODE. > and Inspection Mode INSPECTION MODE. >.

Scheme 54

Scheme 54: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK IGNITION SYSTEM FOR SPARKS. Remove the plug cord cap from each spark plug. Install a new spark plug on plug cord cap. CAUTION: Do not remove the spark plug from engine. Contact the spark plug thread portion to engine. While opening the throttle valve fully, crank the engine to check that spark occurs at each cylinder.Does spark occur at each cylinder?Check fuel pump system. FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the power supply voltage between ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E12) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ignition coil and ignitor assembly and IG relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector Blown out of fuse
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY, AND ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between the ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector, and ECM. Connector & terminal (E12) No. 3 - (B137) No. 6: (E12) No. 3 - (B137) No. 26Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector, and ECM Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Remove the spark plug cords. Measure the resistance between spark plug cord contact portions to check secondary coil. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2: No. 3 - No. 4Is the resistance between 10 and 15 kohms?Go to step 5.Replace the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY . >
5 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY. Connect the connector to the Ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Check if voltage varies synchronously with engine speed when cranking, while monitoring voltage between ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E12) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E12) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-)Does the voltage vary 10 V or more?Go to step 6.Replace the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY . >
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Disconnect the connector from the ignition coil and ignitor assembly. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 18 - (E12) No. 1: (B137) No. 19 - (E12) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 7.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION COIL AND IGNITOR ASSEMBLY CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and engine ground. Connector & terminal: (B137) No. 18 - Engine ground: (B137) No. 19 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and ignition coil and ignitor assembly connector.
CAUTION
Do not remove the spark plug from engine.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 55

Scheme 55: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OPERATING SOUND OF FUEL PUMP. Make sure that the fuel pump operates for two seconds when turning the ignition switch to ON. NOTE: Fuel pump operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?Check the fuel injector circuit. FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL PUMP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the fuel pump access hole lid. Disconnect the connector from fuel pump. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R58) No. 6 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and chassis grounding terminal Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL PUMP. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage of power supply circuit between fuel pump connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R58) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Replace the fuel pump. FUEL PUMP . >Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector. Connector & terminal (R58) No. 5 - (B220) No. 14Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 5.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL PUMP AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector. Connector & terminal (R58) No. 5 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 6.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between fuel pump connector and fuel pump relay connector.
6 CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY. Remove the fuel pump relay. Connect the battery to fuel pump relay terminals No. 15 and No. 16. Measure the resistance between terminals of fuel pump relay. Terminals No. 13 - No. 14Is the resistance less than 10 ohms?Go to step 7.Replace the fuel pump relay. FUEL PUMP RELAY . >
7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL PUMP RELAY CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 12 - (B220) No. 16Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 8.Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel pump relay connector.
8 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the ECM connector.Is there poor contact in ECM connector?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Check the fuel injector circuit. FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >
NOTE
Fuel pump operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT

CAUTIONCheck or repair only faulty parts. After repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 56

Scheme 56: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OPERATION OF EACH FUEL INJECTOR. While cranking the engine, check each fuel injector emits operating sound. Use a sound scope or attach a screwdriver to the injector for this check.Does the fuel pump emit operating sound?Check the fuel pressure. INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure . >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EACH FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the power supply voltage between fuel injector terminal and engine ground. Connector & terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay connector and fuel injector connector Poor contact of main relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11 - (E17) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - Chassis ground: #2 (B137) No. 9 - Chassis ground: #3 (B137) No. 10 - Chassis ground: #4 (B137) No. 11 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
5 CHECK EACH FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between each fuel injector terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 5 - 20 ohms?Go to step 6.Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTOR . >
6 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the ECM connector.Is there poor contact in ECM connector?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Inspection using "General Diagnostic Table" INSPECTION, General Diagnostic Table. >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

LIST

DTCItemReference
P0026Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1)DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0028Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 2)DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0030HO2S Heater Control Circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0031HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0032HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0037HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0038HO2S Heater Control Circuit High (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0068MAP/MAF - Throttle Position CorrelationDTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0076Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 1)DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0077Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 1)DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0082Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit Low (Bank 2)DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0083Intake Valve Control Solenoid Circuit High (Bank 2)DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0101Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0102Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit Low InputDTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0103Mass or Volume Air Flow Circuit High InputDTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0107Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit Low InputDTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0108Manifold Absolute Pressure/Barometric Pressure Circuit High InputDTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0111Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0112Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit LowDTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0113Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit HighDTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0117Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit LowDTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0118Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit HighDTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit LowDTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A" Circuit HighDTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0125Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel ControlDTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0126Insufficient Engine Coolant Temperature for Stable OperationDTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0128Coolant Thermostat (Engine Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0131O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0132O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0133O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0134O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0137O2 Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0138O2 Sensor Circuit High Voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0139O2 Sensor Circuit Slow Response (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0140O2 Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2)DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0171System Too Lean (Bank 1)DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0172System Too Rich (Bank 1)DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0181Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0182Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit Low InputDTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0183Fuel Temperature Sensor "A" Circuit High InputDTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0196Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0197Engine Oil Temperature Sensor LowDTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0198Engine Oil Temperature Sensor HighDTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0222Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit LowDTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0223Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "B" Circuit HighDTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0301Cylinder 1 Misfire DetectedDTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0302Cylinder 2 Misfire DetectedDTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0303Cylinder 3 Misfire DetectedDTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0304Cylinder 4 Misfire DetectedDTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0327Knock Sensor 1 Circuit Low (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0328Knock Sensor 1 Circuit High (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0335Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" CircuitDTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0336Crankshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0340Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0341Camshaft Position Sensor "A" Circuit Range/Performance (Bank 1 or Single Sensor)DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0400Exhaust Gas Recirculation FlowDTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0420Catalyst System Efficiency Below Threshold (Bank 1)DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0442Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak)DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0447Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit OpenDTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0448Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit ShortedDTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0451Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure SensorDTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0452Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low InputDTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0453Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High InputDTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0456Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0457Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Fuel Cap Loose/Off)DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0458Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit LowDTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0459Evaporative Emission System Purge Control Valve Circuit HighDTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0461Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0462Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit LowDTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0463Fuel Level Sensor "A" Circuit HighDTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0464Fuel Level Sensor Circuit IntermittentDTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0500Vehicle Speed Sensor "A"DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A", Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0506Idle Air Control System RPM Lower Than ExpectedDTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0507Idle Air Control System RPM Higher Than ExpectedDTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0512Starter Request CircuitDTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0513Incorrect Immobilizer KeyDTC P0513 INCORRECT IMMOBILIZER KEY , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P0600Serial Communication LinkDTC P0600 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0604Internal Control Module Random Access Memory (RAM) ErrorDTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0605Internal Control Module Read Only Memory (ROM) ErrorDTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0607Control Module PerformanceDTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0638Throttle Actuator Control Range/Performance (Bank 1)DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0700Transmission Control System (MIL Request)DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0851Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low (AT Model)DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0851Neutral Switch Input Circuit Low (MT Model)DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0852Park/Neutral Switch Input Circuit High (AT Model)DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P0852Neutral Switch Input Circuit High (MT Model)DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1152O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (Low) (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1153O2 Sensor Circuit Range/Performance (High) (Bank 1 Sensor 1)DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1160Return Spring FailureDTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1400Fuel Tank Pressure Control Solenoid Valve Circuit LowDTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1420Fuel Tank Pressure Control Sol. Valve Circuit HighDTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1443Vent Control Solenoid Valve Function ProblemDTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1491Positive Crankcase Ventilation (Blow-by) Function ProblemDTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1492EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1493EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #1 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1494EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1495EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #2 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1496EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1497EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #3 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1498EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (Low Input)DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1499EGR Solenoid Valve Signal #4 Circuit Malfunction (High Input)DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1560Back-up Voltage Circuit MalfunctionDTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P1570AntennaDTC P1570 ANTENNA , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1571Reference Code IncompatibilityDTC P1571 REFERENCE CODE INCOMPATIBILITY , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1572IMM Circuit Failure (Except Antenna Circuit)DTC P1572 IMM CIRCUIT FAILURE (EXCEPT ANTENNA CIRCUIT) , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1574Key Communication FailureDTC P1574 KEY COMMUNICATION FAILURE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1576EGI Control Module EEPROMDTC P1576 EGI CONTROL MODULE EEPROM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1577IMM Control Module EEPROMDTC P1577 IMM CONTROL MODULE EEPROM , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1578Meter FailureDTC P1578 METER FAILURE , Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) . >
P1602Control Module Programming ErrorDTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2096Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Lean Bank 1DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2097Post Catalyst Fuel Trim System Too Rich Bank 1DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2101Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2102Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit LowDTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2103Throttle Actuator Control Motor Circuit HighDTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2109Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor "A" Minimum Stop PerformanceDTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2122Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit Low InputDTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2123Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D" Circuit High InputDTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2127Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit Low InputDTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "P" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2128Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "E" Circuit High InputDTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2135Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "A"/"B" Voltage CorrelationDTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2138Throttle/Pedal Position Sensor/Switch "D"/"E" Voltage CorrelationDTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2227Barometric Pressure Circuit Range/PerformanceDTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2228Barometric Pressure Circuit LowDTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
P2229Barometric Pressure Circuit HighDTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE

DTC DETECTING CONDITION

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0026 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 57

Scheme 57: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Warm-up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 31 - (E71) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Measure the resistance between the variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E71) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E71) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power of the harness between the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >Is DTC displayed?Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . > Go to step 5.END
5 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >Is DTC displayed?Check for oil routing.END.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
NOTE
For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0028 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 58

Scheme 58: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Warm-up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 32 - (E72) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Measure the resistance between the variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E72) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND VARIABLE VALVE LIFT DIAGNOSIS OIL PRESSURE SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E72) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power of the harness between the ECM and variable valve lift diagnosis oil pressure switch connector.Go to step 4 .
4 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >Is DTC displayed?Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . > Go to step 5.END
5 CHECK DTC. Perform the Clear Memory Mode. After idling the engine, check the DTC. NOTE: For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >Is DTC displayed?Check for oil routing.END.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >
NOTE
For detailed procedures, refer to " CLEAR MEMORY MODE ". CLEAR MEMORY MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0030 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 59

Scheme 59: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Start and warm-up the engine. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 2 - (E22) No. 4: (B136) No. 3 - (E22) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor terminals. Terminals No. 6 - No. 4Is the resistance between 2 - 3 ohms?Go to step 4.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Is there poor contact in ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0031 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 60

Scheme 60: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E22) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 2.Repair the power supply line. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 2 - (E22) No. 4: (B136) No. 3 - (E22) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Measure the resistance between front oxygen (A/F) sensor terminals. Terminals No. 6 - No. 4Is the resistance between 2 - 3 ohms?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0032 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 61

Scheme 61: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B136) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0037 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 62

Scheme 62: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 2.Repair the power supply line. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of A/F, oxygen sensor relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 4 - (E23) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor terminals. Terminals No.2 - No.1Is the resistance between 5 - 7 ohms?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0038 HO2S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 63

Scheme 63: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR ECM. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0068 MAP/MAF - THROTTLE POSITION CORRELATION , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 64

Scheme 64: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?Repair the air intake system.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of intake manifold pressure sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the "General Scan Tool Instruction Manual".Is the measured value 73.3 - 106.6 kPa (550 - 800 mmHg, 21.65 - 31.50 inHg) when the ignition is turned ON, and 20.0 -46.7 kPa (150 - 350 mmHg, 5.91 - 13.78 inHg) during idling?Go to step 3.Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . >
3 CHECK THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE. Read the data of throttle position signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the "General Scan Tool Instruction Manual".Is the measured value less than 5% when throttle is fully closed?Go to step 4.Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
4 CHECK THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE.Is the measured value 85% or more when throttle is fully open?Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . >Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0076 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 65

Scheme 65: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 25 - (E67) No. 1: (B137) No. 24 - (E67) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 25 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 24 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.
3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 6 - 12 ohms?Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0077 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 66

Scheme 66: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 25 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 24 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Go to step 2.Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 25 - (E67) No. 1: (B137) No. 24 - (E67) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 6 - 12 ohms?Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0082 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 67

Scheme 67: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 31 - (E68) No. 1: (B137) No. 30 - (E68) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 31 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 30 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.
3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No.2Is the resistance between 6 - 12 ohms?Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0083 INTAKE VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 68

Scheme 68: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 30 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Go to step 2.Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between the ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 31 - (E68) No. 1: (B137) No. 30 - (E68) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between oil switching solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 6 - 12 ohms?Repair the poor contact of ECM and oil switching solenoid valve connector.Replace the oil switching solenoid valve. OIL SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0101 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 69

Scheme 69: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0102 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 70

Scheme 70: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of air flow sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then reperform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (B3) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between the main relay and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. Poor contact of main relay connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 26 - (B3) No. 5Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the open circuit of harness between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 26 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector.
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for any poor contact in the ECM or the mass air flow or intake air temperature sensor connector.Is there poor contact in the ECM or the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector?Repair any poor contact in the ECM or the mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor connector.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0103 MASS OR VOLUME AIR FLOW CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 71

Scheme 71: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of air flow sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 5 V or more?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. Start the engine. Read the data of air flow sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and the mass air flow & intake air temperature sensor connectors.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (B3) No. 4 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item OPEN CIRCUIT OF HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Poor contact in ECM connector
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for any poor contact between the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.Is there poor contact in the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors?Repair any poor contact of the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0107 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 72

Scheme 72: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value less than 13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg) ?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E21) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 6 - (E21) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 6 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair ground short circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact between the ECM and manifold pressure sensor connector.Is there poor contact in the ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector?Repair the poor contact in the ECM or manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0108 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE/BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 73

Scheme 73: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg) or more?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from manifold absolute pressure sensor. Start the engine. Read the data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 119.5 kPa (896.5 mmHg, 35.29 inHg) or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between manifold absolute pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E21) No. 2 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and manifold absolute pressure sensor connector. Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.Is there poor contact in manifold absolute pressure sensor connector?Repair the poor contact of manifold absolute pressure sensor connector.Replace the manifold absolute pressure sensor. MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0111 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 74

Scheme 74: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE. Start the engine and warm-up completely. Measure the engine coolant temperature using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher?Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >Check DTC P0125 using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0112 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 75

Scheme 75: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the intake air temperature 120°C (248°F) or higher?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and the mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 18 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0113 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 76

Scheme 76: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the intake air temperature less than -40°C (-40°F) ?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Repair any poor contact between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.Is there poor contact in the ECM or the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors?Repair any poor contact between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and the mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor connectors. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 18 - (B3) No. 1: (B135) No. 30 - (B3) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the open circuit of harness between the ECM and mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTORS. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 18 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor connectors.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0117 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 77

Scheme 77: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature 150°C (302°F) or higher ?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 34 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >Repair short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0118 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 78

Scheme 78: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature less than -40°C (-40°F) ?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Repair any poor contact between the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connectors.Is there poor contact in the ECM or engine coolant temperature sensor connectors?Repair any poor contact between the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connectors.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of the harness between the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 34 - (E8) No. 2: (B134) No. 29 - (E8) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 34 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor connector.Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 79

Scheme 79: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 18 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 80

Scheme 80: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0125 INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Engine does not return to idle.

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK TIRE SIZE.Is the tire size as specified? and the same size as other three wheels?Go to step 2.Replace the tire.
2 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT. Check the following items: Amount of engine coolant Engine coolant freeze Contamination of engine coolantIs the engine coolant normal?Go to step 3.Fill or replace the engine coolant. REPLACEMENT , Engine Coolant . >
3 CHECK THERMOSTAT.Does the thermostat remain opened?Replace the thermostat. THERMOSTAT . >Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0126 INSUFFICIENT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE FOR STABLE OPERATION , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 81

Scheme 81: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Measure the resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals when the engine coolant is cold and after warmed-up. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance of engine coolant temperature sensor different between when engine coolant is cold and after warmed-up?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0128 COOLANT THERMOSTAT (ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Thermostat remains open.

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT.Are the coolant level and mixture ratio of engine coolant to anti-freeze solution correct?Go to step 2.Replace the engine coolant. REPLACEMENT , Engine Coolant . >
2 CHECK RADIATOR FAN. Start the engine. Check the radiator fan operation.Does the radiator fan continuously rotate for 3 minutes or more during idling?Repair radiator fan circuit. RADIATOR MAIN FAN AND FAN MOTOR . > and RADIATOR SUB FAN AND FAN MOTOR . >Replace the thermostat. THERMOSTAT . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0131 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 82

Scheme 82: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Is there poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?Repair the poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0132 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 83

Scheme 83: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 8 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0133 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >

Scheme 84

Scheme 84: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. NOTE: Check the following items. Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a holeIs there any fault in exhaust system?Repair the exhaust system.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
NOTE
Check the following items. Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto cylinder heads Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0134 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 85

Scheme 85: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Is there poor contact in ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?Repair the poor contact of ECM or front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0137 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 86

Scheme 86: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 490 mV or more?Go to step 5.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V?Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensorIs there any fault in exhaust system?Repair or replace faulty parts.Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0138 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH VOLTAGE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 87

Scheme 87: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 250 mV or less?Go to step 5.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V?Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensorIs there any fault in exhaust system?Repair or replace faulty parts.Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0139 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW RESPONSE (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 88

Scheme 88: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector.
3 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Measure the resistance between rear oxygen sensor terminals. Terminals No. 3 - No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0140 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 89

Scheme 89: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 490 mV or more?Go to step 6.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 250 mV or less?Go to step 6.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 5.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the rear oxygen sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V?Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
6 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check exhaust system parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensorIs there any fault in exhaust system?Repair or replace faulty parts.Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
Check the following items. Loose part and incomplete installation of exhaust system Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts Loose part and improper installation between front oxygen (A/F) sensor and rear oxygen sensor

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1)

Refer to DTC P0172 for diagnostic procedure. DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0172 SYSTEM TOO RICH (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Engine stalls.
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?Repair the exhaust system.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?Repair the air intake system.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Measure the fuel pressure. INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure . > CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.Is the measured value 333.4 - 360.5 kPa (3.4 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 48.4 - 52 psi)?Go to step 4.Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line
4 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher?Go to step 5.Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
5 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 -0.66 lb/m)?Go to step 6.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
6 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value -10 - 50°C (-18 - 90°F)?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
WARNING
Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area.
CAUTION
Be careful not to spill fuel.
CAUTION
Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0181 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 90

Scheme 90: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the fuel temperature sensor. FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0182 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 91

Scheme 91: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of fuel temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the temperature 120°C (248°F) or higher?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and fuel temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 17 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the fuel temperature sensor. FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and fuel pump connector.
NOTE
For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0183 FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 92

Scheme 92: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of fuel temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Repair any poor contact between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connectors.Is there poor contact in the ECM or fuel temperature sensor connectors?Repair any poor contact between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connectors.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and fuel temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of the harness between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 17 - (R58) No. 2: (B135) No. 30 - (R58) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and fuel temperature sensor connector.Replace the fuel temperature sensor. FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0196 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 93

Scheme 93: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the oil temperature sensor. OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0197 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 94

Scheme 94: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of the oil temperature sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the oil temperature 215°C (419°F) or more?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and oil temperature sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 23 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the oil temperature sensor. OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0198 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start
  2. Improper idling
  3. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 95

Scheme 95: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read the data of the oil temperature sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the oil temperature less than -40°C (-40°F)?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the ECM and oil temperature sensor connector.Is there poor contact in the ECM or oil temperature sensor connector?Repair the poor contact in the ECM or the oil temperature sensor connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and oil temperature sensor. Measure the resistance of the harness between the ECM and oil temperature sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 23 - (E75) No. 2: (B134) No. 29 - (E75) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and oil temperature sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 23 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power supply in the harness between the ECM and oil temperature sensor connector.Replace the oil temperature sensor. OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0222 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 96

Scheme 96: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 4 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0223 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "B" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 97

Scheme 97: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P0301 CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P0302 CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P0303 CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0304. DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could damage catalyst occurs.)
  3. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0304 CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Improper idling
  3. Rough driving
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 98

Scheme 98: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the ECM and chassis ground for faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 6.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (E5) No. 1 - Engine ground: #2 (E16) No. 1 - Engine ground: #3 (E6) No. 1 - Engine ground: #4 (E17) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11 - (E17) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 5 - 20 ohms?Go to step 5.Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTOR . >
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between fuel injector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of all connectors in fuel injector circuit.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the main relay connector and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the ECM and chassis ground for faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.Go to step 7.
7 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTOR . >Go to step 8.
8 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor.Go to step 9.
9 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. REMOVAL , Timing Belt Cover . >Is the crank sprocket rusted or does it have damaged teeth?Replace the crank sprocket. CRANK SPROCKET . >Go to step 10.
10 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKETIs the timing belt dislocated from its proper position?Repair the installation condition of timing belt. TIMING BELT . >Go to step 11.
11 CHECK FUEL LEVEL.Is the fuel meter indication higher than the "Lower" level?Go to step 12.Replenish fuel so that fuel meter indication is higher than the "Lower" level. After replenishing fuel, Go to step 12.
12 CHECK STATUS OF MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LIGHT. Clear the memory using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. CLEAR MEMORY MODE. > Start the engine, and drive the vehicle 10 minutes or more.Does the malfunction indicator light illuminate or blink?Go to step 14.Go to step 13.
13 CHECK CAUSE OF MISFIRE.Has the cause of misfire been detected while running the engine?Finish diagnostics operation, if the engine has no abnormality.Repair the poor contact of connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Poor contact of ignition coil connector Poor contact of fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
14 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.Is there any fault in air intake system?Repair the air intake system. NOTE: Check the following items. Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts? Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses?Go to step 15.
15 CHECK MISFIRE SYMPTOM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read DTC. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Does the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool indicate only one DTC?Go to step 20.Go to step 16 .
16 CHECK DTC.Are DTCs P0301 and P0302 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Go to step 21.Go to step 17.
17 CHECK DTC.Are DTCs P0303 and P0304 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Go to step 22.Go to step 18.
18 CHECK DTC.Are DTCs P0301 and P0303 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Go to step 23.Go to step 19.
19 CHECK DTC.Are DTCs P0302 and P0304 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool?Go to step 24.Go to step 25.
20 ONLY ONE CYLINDER.Is there any fault in the cylinder?Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Spark plug cord Fuel injector Compression ratioGo to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
21 GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLINDERS.Are there any faults in #1 and #2 cylinders?Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" Of #1 and #2 cylinders side. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Go to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
22 GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS.Are there any faults in #3 and #4 cylinders?Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #3 and #4 cylinders side. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >Go to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
23 GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLINDERS.Are there any faults in #1 and #3 cylinders?Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teethGo to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
24 GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLINDERS.Are there any faults in #2 and #4 cylinders?Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teethGo to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >
25 CYLINDER AT RANDOM.Is the engine idle rough?Go to DTC P0171. DTC P0171 SYSTEM TOO LEAN (BANK 1), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >Repair or replace faulty parts. NOTE: Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
Check the following items. Are there air leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts? Are there cracks or any disconnection of hoses?
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Spark plug cord Fuel injector Compression ratio
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" Of #1 and #2 cylinders side. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Ignition coil Compression ratio If any fault are not found, check the "IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM" of #3 and #4 cylinders side. IGNITION CONTROL SYSTEM, Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure. >
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teeth
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio Skipping timing belt teeth
NOTE
Check the following items. Spark plug Fuel injector Compression ratio

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0327 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT LOW (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Poor driving performance
  2. Knocking occurs.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 99

Scheme 99: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 15 - (B134) No. 29Is the resistance 600 kohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.
2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR. Disconnect the connector from knock sensor. Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance 600 kohms or more?Replace the knock sensor. KNOCK SENSOR . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and knock sensor connector Poor contact of the knock sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0328 KNOCK SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT HIGH (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Poor driving performance
  2. Knocking occurs.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 100

Scheme 100: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND KNOCK SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 15 - (B134) No. 29Is the resistance less than 500 kohms?Go to step 2.Go to step 3.
2 CHECK KNOCK SENSOR. Disconnect the connector from knock sensor. Measure the resistance between knock sensor terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 500 kohms?Replace the knock sensor. KNOCK SENSOR . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between the ECM and knock sensor connector. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of the harness circuit.
3 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 2 V or more?Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.
NOTE
The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the short circuit of the harness circuit.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0335 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Failure of engine to start
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 101

Scheme 101: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely.
2 CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the crankshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of crankshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms?Go to step 3.Replace the crankshaft position sensor. CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . >
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CRANK SHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 13 - (E10) No. 1: (B134) No. 14 - (E10) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and crankshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0336 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Failure of engine to start
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 102

Scheme 102: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CONDITION OF CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF.Is the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten the crankshaft position sensor installation bolt securely.
2 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover.Are crank sprocket teeth cracked or damaged?Replace the crank sprocket. CRANK SPROCKET . >Go to step 3.
3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft, and align alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block.Is the timing belt dislocated from its proper position?Repair the installation condition of timing belt. TIMING BELT . >Replace the crankshaft position sensor. CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0340 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Failure of engine to start
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 103

Scheme 103: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 12 - (E15) No. 1: (B134) No. 22 - (E15) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Measure the resistance between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E15) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the short circuit to ground of harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit.
3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?Go to step 4.Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt securely.
4 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Remove the camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of camshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM or camshaft position sensor connector.Replace the camshaft position sensor. CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0341 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1 OR SINGLE SENSOR) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Failure of engine to start
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 104

Scheme 104: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 12 - (E15) No. 1: (B134) No. 22 - (E15) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Measure the resistance between camshaft position sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E15) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the short circuit to ground of harness between the ECM and camshaft position sensor. NOTE: The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit.
3 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.Is the camshaft position sensor installation bolt tightened securely?Go to step 4.Tighten the camshaft position sensor installation bolt securely.
4 CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. Remove the camshaft position sensor. Measure the resistance between terminals of camshaft position sensor. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kohms?Go to step 5.Replace the camshaft position sensor. CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . >
5 CHECK CAM SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. TIMING BELT COVER . >Are cam sprocket teeth cracked or damaged?Replace the cam sprocket. CAM SPROCKET . >Go to step 6.
6 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using the ST, and align the alignment mark on the cam sprocket with the alignment mark on the timing belt cover LH. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKETIs the timing belt dislocated from its proper position?Repair the installation condition of timing belt. TIMING BELT . >Replace the camshaft position sensor. CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
The harness between both connectors are shielded. Remove the shield and repair the ground short circuit of the harness circuit.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0400 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Movement performance problem when engine is low speed.
  2. Improper idling
  3. Movement performance problem
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 105

Scheme 105: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Start the engine. Read data of intake manifold absolute pressure signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 53.3 kPa (400 mmHg, 15.75 inHg) or more?Make sure that the EGR valve, manifold absolute pressure sensor and throttle body are installed securely.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK EGR SOLENOID VALVE. Remove the EGR valve.Are there holes, plugged piping or foreign objects caught in the EGR system?Repair the EGR system.Replace the EGR valve. EGR VALVE . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0420 CATALYST SYSTEM EFFICIENCY BELOW THRESHOLD (BANK 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine stalls.
  2. Idle mixture is out of specifications.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 106

Scheme 106: WIRING DIAGRAM

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Step Check Yes No 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM. Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose or dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at exhaust pipes. NOTE: Check the following positions. Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic converter Loose or improperly attached front oxygen (A/F) sensor or rear oxygen sensor Is there any fault in exhaust system? Repair or replace the exhaust system. GENERAL DESCRIPTION . > Go to step 2. 2 CHECK WAVEFORM DATA ON THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (WHILE DRIVING). Drive at a constant speed between 80 - 112 km/h (50 - 70 MPH). After 5 minutes have elapsed in the condition of step 1), use the Subaru Select Monitor while still driving to read the waveform data. Is a normal waveform displayed? Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the failure, and then perform the diagnosis again. NOTE: In this case, temporary poor contact of connector may be the cause. Go to step 3. 3 CHECK WAVEFORM DATA ON THE SUBARU SELECT MONITOR (WHILE IDLING). Run the engine at idle. In the condition of step 1), use the Subaru Select Monitor to read the waveform data. Is a normal waveform displayed? Go to step 4. Go to step 5. 4 CHECK CATALYTIC CONVERTER. Is the catalytic converter damaged? Replace the catalytic converter. FRONT CATALYTIC CONVERTER . > Go to step 5. 5 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR. Has water entered the connector? Completely remove any water inside. Go to step 6. 6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4: Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? Go to step 7. Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: Repair the following locations. Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector 7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-): Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V? Go to step 8. Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: Repair the following locations. Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector 8 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR SHIELD. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Expose the rear oxygen sensor connector body side harness sensor shield. Measure the resistance between the sensor shield and chassis ground. Is the resistance less than 1 ohms? Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . > Repair the open circuit in the rear oxygen sensor harness

Scheme 107

Scheme 107

Scheme 108

Scheme 108
  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0442 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (SMALL LEAK) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Fuel odor
  2. There is a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 109

Scheme 109: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.Is the fuel filler cap genuine?Go to step 3.Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap.
3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET.Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe?Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. FUEL FILLER PIPE . >Go to step 4.
4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Drain valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the drain valve operate?Go to step 5.Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >
5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the purge control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 6.Replace the purge control solenoid valve. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 7.Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector.Is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. on evaporation line?Repair or replace the evaporation line. FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . >Go to step 8.
8 CHECK CANISTER.Is the canister damaged or is there a hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in it?Repair or replace the canister. CANISTER . >Go to step 9.
9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Is the fuel tank damaged or is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia. in it?Repair or replace the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Go to step 10.
10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.Is there any hole of more than 1.0 mm (0.04 in) dia., crack, clogging, or disconnections, bend, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system?Repair or replace the hoses or pipes.Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.
NOTE
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.
NOTE
Drain valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0447 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 110

Scheme 110: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 17(+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and drain valve. Measure the resistance between the drain valve connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R86) No. 2 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and drain valve connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and drain valve connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 17 - (R86) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and drain valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Measure the resistance between drain valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 10 - 100 ohms?Go to step 5.Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between drain valve and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R86) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair poor contact of the drain valve connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay connector and drain valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0448 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM VENT CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

WIRING DIAGRAM

StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and drain valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and drain valve connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between drain valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0451 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 111

Scheme 111: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Open the fuel flap.Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
2 CHECK PRESSURE VACUUM LINE. NOTE: Check the following items. Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ventilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and fuel tankIs there any fault in pressure/vacuum line?Repair or replace the hoses and pipes.Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Check the following items. Disconnection, leakage and clogging of the vacuum hoses and pipes between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank Disconnection, leakage and clogging of air ventilation hoses and pipes between fuel filler pipe and fuel tank

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0452 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value less than -7.45 kPa (-55.9 mmHg, -2.2 inHg) ?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SOURCE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the fuel tank pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the fuel tank pressure sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R47) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 32 - (R47) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 32 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector.
5 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact between the ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector.Is there poor contact in the ECM or fuel tank pressure sensor connector?Repair the poor contact in the ECM or fuel tank pressure sensor connector.Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0453 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK CURRENT DATA. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 7.95 kPa (59.6 mmHg, 2.35 inHg) or more?Go to step 2.Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the fuel tank pressure sensor. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of fuel tank pressure sensor signal using the Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 7.95 kPa (59.6 mmHg, 2.35 inHg) or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance of harness between fuel tank pressure sensor connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (R47) No. 2 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check for poor contact of the fuel tank pressure sensor connector.Is there poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor connector?Repair the poor contact in the fuel tank pressure sensor connector.Replace the fuel tank pressure sensor. FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR . >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0456 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (VERY SMALL LEAK) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Fuel odor
  2. There is a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in evaporation system or fuel tank.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.Is the fuel filler cap genuine?Go to step 3.Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap.
3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET.Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe?Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. FUEL FILLER PIPE . >Go to step 4.
4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the drain valve operate?Go to step 5.Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >
5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSOTY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the purge control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 6.Replace the purge control solenoid valve. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 7.Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector.Is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. on evaporation line?Repair or replace the evaporation line. FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . >Go to step 8.
8 CHECK CANISTER.Is the canister damaged or is there a hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in it?Repair or replace the canister. CANISTER . >Go to step 9.
9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Is the fuel tank damaged or is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia. in it?Repair or replace the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Go to step 10.
10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.Is there any hole of more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) dia., crack, clogging, or disconnections, bend, misconnection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system?Repair or replace the hoses or pipes.Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.
NOTE
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.
NOTE
Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSOTY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0457 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LEAK DETECTED (FUEL CAP LOOSE/OFF) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Fuel odor
  2. Fuel filler cap loose or lost
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the fuel filler cap. NOTE: The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?Go to step 2.Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
2 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP.Is the fuel filler cap genuine?Go to step 3.Replace with a genuine fuel filler cap.
3 CHECK FUEL FILLER PIPE GASKET.Is there any damage to the seal between fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe?Repair or replace the fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe. FUEL FILLER PIPE . >Go to step 4.
4 CHECK DRAIN VALVE. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the drain valve operate?Go to step 5.Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >
5 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the purge control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the purge control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 6.Replace the purge control solenoid valve. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
6 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Operate the pressure control solenoid valve using the Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the pressure control solenoid valve operate?Go to step 7.Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
7 CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM LINE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the delivery (test) mode connector.Are there any disconnected, broken or clogged evaporation lines?Repair or replace the evaporation line. FUEL DELIVERY AND EVAPORATION LINES . >Go to step 8.
8 CHECK CANISTER.Is the canister damaged?Repair or replace the canister. CANISTER . >Go to step 9.
9 CHECK FUEL TANK. Remove the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Is the fuel tank damaged?Repair or replace the fuel tank. FUEL TANK . >Go to step 10.
10 CHECK ANY OTHER MECHANICAL TROUBLE IN EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM.Are there holes, cracks, clogging, or disconnections, mis-connection of hoses or pipes in evaporative emission control system?Repair or replace the hoses or pipes.Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.
NOTE
The DTC is stored in memory if fuel filler cap is or was loose or if the cap chain has caught while tightening.
NOTE
Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
Purge control solenoid valve operation can be executed using Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >
NOTE
The pressure control solenoid valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0458 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 112

Scheme 112: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between the purge control solenoid valve connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E4) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 29 - (E4) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Remove the purge control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 10 - 100ohms?Go to step 5.Replace the purge control solenoid valve. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between purge control solenoid valve and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E4) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of purge control solenoid valve connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay and purge control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0459 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and purge control solenoid valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and purge control solenoid valve connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between purge control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the purge control solenoid valve. PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the fuel level sensor and fuel sub level sensor. FUEL LEVEL SENSOR . > FUEL SUB LEVEL SENSOR . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P0462 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT LOW

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0463. DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR "A" CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is DTC P0462 or P0463 displayed on the Subaru Select Monitor?Check the combination meter. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR , INSPECTION, Combination Meter System . >Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT INTERMITTENT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is DTC P0464 displayed on the display?Check the combination meter. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR , INSPECTION, Combination Meter System . >Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0500 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR "A" , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK DTC OF ABS. Check DTC of ABS.Is DTC of ABS displayed?Perform the diagnosis according to DTC. LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) . >Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0506 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER THAN EXPECTED , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Hard to start the engine.
  2. Engine does not start.
  3. Improper idling
  4. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK AIR CLEANER ELEMENT. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Check the air cleaner element.Is there excessive clogging on air cleaner element?Replace the air cleaner element. AIR CLEANER ELEMENT . >Go to step 3.
3 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Remove the electronic throttle control. Check the electronic throttle control.Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle?Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control.Perform the diagnosis of DTC P2101. DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0507 IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER THAN EXPECTED , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM. Start and idle the engine. Check the following items. Loose installation of intake manifold and throttle body Cracks of intake manifold gasket and throttle body gasket Disconnection of vacuum hosesIs there any fault in air intake system?Repair air suction and leaks.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control. Check the electronic throttle control.Are foreign matter found inside electronic throttle?Remove foreign matter from electronic throttle control.Perform the diagnosis of DTC P2101. DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0512 STARTER REQUEST CIRCUIT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Failure of engine to start

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IGNITION SWITCH. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and ignition switch connector.Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to LAN article. BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE . >

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0604 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE RANDOM ACCESS MEMORY (RAM) ERROR , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine does not start.
  2. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Even if the malfunction indicator light illuminates, the circuit has returned to a normal condition at this time. Reproduce the fault condition, and reperform the check. NOTE: In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.
NOTE
In this case, there may be a temporary connector contact failure.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P0605 INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE READ ONLY MEMORY (ROM) ERROR

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P0607. DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Depending on the content of malfunction, adapt either of the followings.
  2. Immediately at fault recognition
  3. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  4. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0607 CONTROL MODULE PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 113

Scheme 113: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 - 13 V?Go to step 2.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
2 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ECM. Start the engine. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 13 - 15 V?Go to step 3.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (E57) No. 5: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the open circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
4 CHECK ECM GROUND HARNESS. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B137) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the following item. Open circuit of ground circuit Retightening of engine ground terminals Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P0638 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL RANGE/PERFORMANCE (BANK 1)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P0700 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (MIL REQUEST)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to AT article. BASIC DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE . >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0851 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (AT MODEL) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 114

Scheme 114: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK SELECT CABLE.Are there any faults in the select cable?Repair or adjust the select cable. SELECT CABLE . >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the select lever in other than "P" range and "N" range. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and transmission harness connector (T3). Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 4.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and transmission harness connector.
4 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connector from inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance between the transmission harness connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (T3) No. 12 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the inhibitor switch. INHIBITOR SWITCH . >Repair the ground short circuit of harness between transmission harness connector and inhibitor switch connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0851 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT LOW (MT MODEL) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the shift lever in a position except for neutral. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and neutral position switch. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the neutral position switch.Repair the short circuit to ground harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0852 PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (AT MODEL) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK SELECT CABLE.Are there any faults in the select cable?Repair or adjust the select cable. SELECT CABLE . >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground with select lever at "P" range and "N" range. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and inhibitor switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 - (T7) No. 12Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH GROUND LINE. Measure the resistance of harness between inhibitor switch connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (T7) No. 7 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Replace the inhibitor switch. INHIBITOR SWITCH . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between inhibitor switch connector and starter motor ground line Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact in starter motor connector Poor contact in starter motor ground Starter motor
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P0852 NEUTRAL SWITCH INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH (MT MODEL) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Place the shift lever in neutral. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage less than 1 V?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and neutral position switch. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 31 - (T2) No. 2: (B136) No. 6 - (T2) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and neutral position switch connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. Place the shift lever in neutral. Measure the resistance between neutral position switch terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the neutral position switch.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1152 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (LOW) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact of front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Is there poor contact in front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector?Repair the poor contact of the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1153 O2 SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE (HIGH) (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
3 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?Go to step 5.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?Go to step 5.Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >
5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B135) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 8 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P1160 RETURN SPRING FAILURE

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1400 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 115

Scheme 115: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and pressure control solenoid valve. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R68) No. 2 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 28 - (R68) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 10 - 100 ohms?Go to step 5.Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >
5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO THE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between pressure control solenoid valve and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (R68) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of pressure control solenoid valve connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between main relay and pressure control solenoid valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1420 FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SOL. VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and pressure control solenoid valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and pressure control solenoid valve connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between pressure control solenoid valve terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the pressure control solenoid valve. PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE . >Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1443 VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PROBLEM , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper fuel supply

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK DRAIN HOSE. Check the drain hose for clogging.Is there clogging in the drain hose?Replace the drain hose.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK DRAIN VALVE OPERATION. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Connect the delivery (test) mode connector at the lower portion of instrument panel (on the driver's side). Turn the ignition switch to ON. Operate the drain valve. NOTE: Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >Does the drain valve operate?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the drain valve. DRAIN VALVE . >
NOTE
Drain valve operation can be executed using the Subaru Select Monitor. Regarding the procedures, refer to " COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE ". COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE. >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1491 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (BLOW-BY) FUNCTION PROBLEM , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >

Improper idling

CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 116

Scheme 116: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK BLOW-BY HOSE. Check the blow-by hose condition.Is there any disconnection or crack in blow-by hose?Repair or replace the blow-by hose.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and PCV hose assembly. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 30 - (E61) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance between PCV hose assembly connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 30 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 4.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and PCV hose assembly connector.
4 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance of harness between PCV hose assembly connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E61) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 5.Repair the open circuit of harness between PCV hose assembly and engine ground.
5 CHECK THE PCV HOSE ASSEMBLY. Measure the resistance between the PCV hose assembly terminals. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Repair the poor contact in ECM and PCV hose assembly connector.Replace the PCV hose assembly.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1498. DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT)

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P1499. DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT), Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1492 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1494 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1496 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1498 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (LOW INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine breathing
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR VALVE. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the EGR valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between EGR valve connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E18) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E18) No. 5 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 2.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between EGR valve and main relay connector Poor contact of coupling connector
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and EGR valve connector. Connector & terminal DTC P1492; (B134) No. 8 - (E18) No. 3: DTC P1494; (B134) No. 9 - (E18) No. 1: DTC P1496; (B134) No. 10 - (E18) No. 4: DTC P1498; (B134) No. 20 - (E18) No. 6Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and EGR valve connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal DTC P1492; (B134) No. 8 - Chassis ground: DTC P1494; (B134) No. 9 - Chassis ground: DTC P1496; (B134) No. 10 - Chassis ground: DTC P1498; (B134) No. 20 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 4.Repair the ground short in harness between ECM and EGR valve connector.
4 CHECK POOR CONTACT. Check poor contact in ECM and EGR valve connector.Is there poor contact in ECM or EGR valve connector?Repair the poor contact in ECM or EGR valve connector.Replace the EGR valve. EGR VALVE . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1493 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #1 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1495 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #2 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1497 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #3 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . > DTC P1499 EGR SOLENOID VALVE SIGNAL #4 CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION (HIGH INPUT) , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine breathing
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND EGR VALVE CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the EGR valve. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal DTC P1493; (B134) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1495; (B134) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1497; (B134) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): DTC P1499; (B134) No. 20 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and EGR valve connectors.Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1560 BACK-UP VOLTAGE CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND MAIN FUSE BOX CONNECTOR. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 5 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and battery terminal.
3 CHECK FUSE NO. 13 (IN MAIN FUSE BOX).Is the fuse blown out?Replace the fuse.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and battery Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of battery terminal
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P1602 CONTROL MODULE PROGRAMMING ERROR , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Engine keeps running at higher speed than specified idle speed.
  2. Engine keeps running at a lower speed than the specified idle speed.
  3. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check the appropriate DTC using the "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK ENGINE OIL.Is there a proper amount of engine oil?Go to step 3.Replace engine oil. REPLACEMENT , Engine Oil . >
3 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?Repair the exhaust system.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?Repair the air intake system.Go to step 5.
5 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Measure the fuel pressure. INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure . > CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.Is the measured value 339.5 - 360.5 kPa (3.5 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 49 - 52 psi)?Go to step 6.Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line
6 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher?Go to step 7.Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
7 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 - 0.66 lb/m)?Go to step 8.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
8 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of mass airflow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value -10 - 50°C (-18 - 90°F)?Go to step 9.Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
9 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL OF ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the ECM and chassis ground for faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 14.Go to step 10.
10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Measure the resistance between the fuel injector connector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (E5) No. 1 - Engine ground: #2 (E16) No. 1 - Engine ground: #3 (E6) No. 1 - Engine ground: #4 (E17) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 11.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.
11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between the ECM and fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 - (E5) No. 1: #2 (B137) No. 9 - (E16) No. 1: #3 (B137) No. 10 - (E6) No. 1: #4 (B137) No. 11 - (E17) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 12.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and fuel injector connector Poor contact of coupling connector
12 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance between 5 - 20 ohms?Go to step 13.Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTOR . >
13 CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between fuel injector and engine ground on faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (E5) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #2 (E16) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): #4 (E17) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the poor contact of all connectors in fuel injector circuit.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between the main relay connector and fuel injector connector on faulty cylinders Poor contact of coupling connector Poor contact of main relay connector
14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between the ECM and chassis ground for faulty cylinders. Connector & terminal #1 (B137) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #2 (B137) No. 9 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #3 (B137) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-): #4 (B137) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in harness between ECM and fuel injector connector.Go to step 15.
15 CHECK FUEL INJECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between fuel injector terminals on faulty cylinder. Terminals No. 1 - No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Replace the faulty fuel injector. FUEL INJECTOR . >Go to step 16.
16 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR/CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.Is the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor loosely installed?Tighten the camshaft position sensor or crankshaft position sensor.Go to step 17.
17 CHECK CRANK SPROCKET. Remove the timing belt cover. REMOVAL , Timing Belt Cover . >Is the crank sprocket rusted or does it have damaged teeth?Replace the crank sprocket. CRANK SPROCKET . >Go to step 18.
18 CHECK INSTALLATION CONDITION OF TIMING BELT. Turn the crankshaft using ST, and align alignment mark on crank sprocket with alignment mark on cylinder block. ST 499987500 CRANKSHAFT SOCKETIs the timing belt dislocated from its proper position?Repair the installation condition of timing belt. TIMING BELT . >Go to step 19.
19 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 20.Replace the electronic throttle control relay. ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY . >
20 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 21.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
21 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.Go to step 22.
22 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 23.Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.
23 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between the ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 24.Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.
24 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 25.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
25 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 26.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >
26 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 27.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
27 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 28.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
28 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 29.
29 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 30.Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
30 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the voltage 0.81 - 0.87 V?Go to step 31.Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >
31 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the voltage 1.64 - 1.70 V?Go to step 32.Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >
32 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 5 - (E57) No. 2: (B137) No. 4 - (E57) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 33.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
33 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 34.
34 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 35.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
35 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR HARNESS. Measure the resistance between the electronic throttle control connector terminals. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 - (E57) No. 1Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 36.Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
36 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE GROUND CIRCUIT. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 37.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
37 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle terminals. Terminals No. 2 - No. 1Is the resistance 50 ohms or less?Go to step 38.Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
38 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Move the throttle valve to the fully open and fully closed positions with fingers. Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers.Does the valve return to the specified position? Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed positionRepair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
WARNING
Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area.
CAUTION
Be careful not to spill fuel.
CAUTION
Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P2096 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO LEAN BANK 1

Refer to DTC P2097 for diagnostic procedure. DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2097 POST CATALYST FUEL TRIM SYSTEM TOO RICH BANK 1 , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 117

Scheme 117: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check DTC using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Go to step 2.
2 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - (E22) No. 1: (B135) No. 8 - (E22) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 9 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 8 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms. or more?Go to step 5.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector.
5 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E22) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.5 V or more?Go to step 7.Go to step 6.
6 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E22) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.95 V or more?Go to step 7.Go to step 8.
7 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. Measure the voltage between front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E22) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (E22) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 8 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between the ECM and front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. After repair, replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >Repair poor contact of the ECM connector.
8 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust system?Repair the exhaust system.Go to step 9.
9 CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection of hose on air intake system?Repair the air intake system.Go to step 10.
10 CHECK FUEL PRESSURE. WARNING: Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area. CAUTION: Be careful not to spill fuel. Connect the front oxygen (A/F) sensor connector. Measure the fuel pressure. INSPECTION , Fuel Pressure . > CAUTION: Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.Is the measured value 333.4 - 360.5 kPa (3.4 - 3.7 kg/cm 2 , 48.4 - 52 psi)?Go to step 11.Repair the following item. Fuel pressure is too high: Clogged fuel line or bent hose Fuel pressure is too low: Improper fuel pump discharge Clogged fuel line
11 CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up completely. Read the data of engine coolant temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the engine coolant temperature 75°C (167°F) or higher?Go to step 12.Replace the engine coolant temperature sensor. ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
12 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Read the data of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the measured value 2.0 - 5.0 g/s (0.26 - 0.66 lb/m)?Go to step 13.Replace the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
13 CHECK MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR. Start the engine and warm-up engine until coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F). For AT models, set the select lever to "P" range or "N" range, and for MT models, place the shift lever in the neutral position. Turn the A/C switch to OFF. Turn all the accessory switches to OFF. Open the front hood. Measure the ambient temperature. Read the data of mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Subtract ambient temperature from intake air temperature. Is the obtained value -10 - 50°C (-18 - 90°F)?Go to step 14.Check the mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor. MASS AIR FLOW AND INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . >
14 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and keep the engine speed at 3,000 rpm. (2 minutes maximum) Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 490 mV or more?Go to step 15.Go to step 16.
15 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), and rapidly reduce the engine speed from 3,000 rpm. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is the voltage 250 mV or less?Go to step 17.Go to step 16.
16 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR AND COUPLING CONNECTOR.Has water entered the connector?Completely remove any water inside.Go to step 18.
17 CHECK FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR DATA. Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature is higher than 75°C (167°F), then keep the engine idling for 5 minutes or more. Read the data of rear oxygen sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor or general scan tool. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.Is a voltage of 0.8 V or more maintained for 5 minutes or more?Replace the front oxygen (A/F) sensor. FRONT OXYGEN (A/F) SENSOR . >Go to step 18.
18 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from ECM and rear oxygen sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 4 - (E23) No. 3: (B134) No. 29 - (E23) No. 4Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 19.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact of coupling connector
19 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CONNECTOR. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (E23) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 0.2 - 0.5 V?Replace the rear oxygen sensor. REAR OXYGEN SENSOR . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
WARNING
Place "NO OPEN FLAMES" signs near the working area.
CAUTION
Be careful not to spill fuel.
CAUTION
Release fuel pressure before removing the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
Depress the clutch pedal. (MT model) Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. > General scan tool For detailed operation procedures, refer to the general scan tool operation manual.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Replace the electronic throttle control relay.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between the ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 6.Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 7.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
7 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 8.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >
8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 9.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 10.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 11.
11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 12.Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
12 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Connect all connectors. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Read the data of main throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the voltage 0.81 - 0.87 V?Go to step 13.Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >
13 CHECK SENSOR OUTPUT. Read the data of sub throttle sensor signal using Subaru Select Monitor. NOTE: Subaru Select Monitor For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >Is the voltage 1.64 - 1.70 V?Go to step 14.Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >
14 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B137) No. 5 - (E57) No. 2: (B137) No. 4 - (E57) No. 1Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 15.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
15 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Connect the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 5 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 16.
16 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 1 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 17.Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
17 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR HARNESS. Measure the resistance between the electronic throttle control connector terminals. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 2 - (E57) No. 1Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 18.Repair the short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
18 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE GROUND CIRCUIT. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 1 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 2 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 3 - Chassis ground: (B137) No. 7 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 19.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact of coupling connector
19 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle terminals. Terminals No. 2 - No. 1Is the resistance 50 ohms or less?Go to step 20.Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
20 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Move the throttle valve to the fully open and fully closed positions with fingers. Check that the valve returns to the specified position when releasing fingers.Does the valve return to the specified position? Standard value: 3 mm (0.12 in) from fully closed positionRepair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Replace the electronic throttle control. THROTTLE BODY . >
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
For detailed operation procedures, refer to " READ CURRENT DATA FOR ENGINE ". SUBARU SELECT MONITOR. >
NOTE
Subaru Select Monitor
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2102 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
  3. Engine stalls.
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Connect the battery to terminals No. 31 and No. 32 of electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Replace the electronic throttle control relay.
2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 29 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Go to step 3.Repair the open or ground short circuit of power supply circuit.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 32 - Chassis ground: (B220) No. 30 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 5.Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Measure the resistance between the ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 21 - (B220) No. 32: (B136) No. 1 - (B220) No. 30Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2103 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Remove the electronic throttle control relay. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control relay terminals. Terminals No. 29 - No. 30Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Replace the electronic throttle control relay.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY POWER SUPPLY. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control relay connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B220) No. 30 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 10 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.Go to step 3.
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL RELAY. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B136) No. 21 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the short circuit in harness to ground between ECM and electronic throttle control relay connector.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

DTC P2109 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR "A" MINIMUM STOP PERFORMANCE

Note. For the diagnostic procedure, refer to DTC P2101. DTC P2101 THROTTLE ACTUATOR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUIT RANGE PERFORMANCE, Diagnostic Procedure with Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC). >

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2122 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.

Scheme 118

Scheme 118: WIRING DIAGRAM
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 21 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 23 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 23 - (B136) No. 6Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair the ground short of the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 6 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the accelerator pedal. ACCELERATOR PEDAL . >Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2123 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 23 - (B315) No. 6: (B135) No. 29 - (B315) No. 5Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 5 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power source in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 21 - (B135) No. 23Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal if defective. ACCELERATOR PEDAL . >Repair the short circuit to power source in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2127 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT LOW INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 22 - Chassis ground: (B135) No. 31 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair the ground short of the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 3 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Replace the accelerator pedal. ACCELERATOR PEDAL . >Repair the short circuit to ground in harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2128 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "E" CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connector from the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 31 - (B315) No. 3: (B135) No. 30 - (B315) No. 2Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 2.Repair the open circuit of the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 2 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 3.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power source in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.Go to step 4.
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B135) No. 22 - (B135) No. 31Is the resistance 1 Mohms, or more?Repair the poor contact of accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Replace the accelerator pedal if defective. ACCELERATOR PEDAL . >Repair the short circuit to power source in the harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2135 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "A"/"B" VOLTAGE CORRELATION , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from ECM and electronic throttle control. Measure the resistance between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - Chassis ground: (B134) No. 18 - (B136) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - Chassis groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 2.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT INSIDE THE ECM. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 - Engine ground: (E57) No. 4 - Engine groundIs the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Go to step 3.Repair the ground short circuit of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Replace the ECM if defective. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . >
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance of harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 18 - (E57) No. 6: (B134) No. 28 - (E57) No. 4: (B134) No. 29 - (E57) No. 3Is the resistance less than 1 ohms?Go to step 4.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit in harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector Poor contact of coupling connector
4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Connect the ECM. Measure the resistance between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 3 - Engine groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Go to step 5.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between electronic throttle control connector and engine ground. Connector & terminal (E57) No. 6 (+) - Engine ground (-): (E57) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-)Is the voltage 4.85 V or more?Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.Go to step 6.
6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL. Turn the ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect the connectors from the ECM. Measure the resistance between ECM connectors. Connector & terminal (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 18: (B134) No. 19 - (B134) No. 28Is the resistance 1 Mohms or more?Repair poor contact of the electronic throttle control connector. Replace the electronic throttle control if defective. THROTTLE BODY . >Repair the short circuit to power in the harness between ECM and electronic throttle control connector.
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2138 THROTTLE/PEDAL POSITION SENSOR/SWITCH "D"/"E" VOLTAGE CORRELATION , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
  1. Improper idling
  2. Poor driving performance
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT. Turn the ignition switch to ON. Measure the voltage between ECM and chassis ground. Connector & terminal Main accelerator pedal position sensor signal (B135) No. 23 (+) - Chassis ground (-): Sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal (B135) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V?Go to step 3.Go to step 2.
2 CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR OUTPUT. Measure the voltage between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-): (B315) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-)Is the difference in measured values for the main accelerator pedal position sensor signal and the sub accelerator pedal position sensor signal 0 V?Replace the accelerator pedal. ACCELERATOR PEDAL . >Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Ground short circuit of harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connectors. Poor contact of coupling connector
3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR CONNECTOR. Measure the resistance of harness between accelerator pedal position sensor connector and chassis ground. Connector & terminal (B315) No. 5 - Chassis ground: (B315) No. 2 - Chassis groundIs the resistance less than 5 ohms?Repair the poor contact of the ECM connector.Repair the harness and connector. NOTE: In this case, repair the following item Open circuit of harness between the ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor connector. Open circuit of harness between ECM and engine ground Poor contact in ECM connector Poor contact of coupling connector
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item
NOTE
In this case, repair the following item

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Detected when two consecutive driving cycles with fault occur.
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2227 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT RANGE/PERFORMANCE , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check DTC using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . > NOTE: The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.
NOTE
The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2228 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT LOW , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check DTC using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . > NOTE: The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.
NOTE
The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

  1. Immediately at fault recognition
  2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION DTC P2229 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CIRCUIT HIGH , Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Detecting Criteria . >
CAUTIONAfter repair or replacement of faulty parts, perform Clear Memory Mode OPERATION, Clear Memory Mode. > and Inspection Mode PROCEDURE, Inspection Mode. >.
StepCheckYesNo
1 CHECK FOR ANY OTHER DTC ON DISPLAY.Is any other DTC displayed?Check DTC using "List of Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". LIST OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC). >Replace the ECM. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECM) . > NOTE: The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.
NOTE
The barometric pressure sensor is built into the ECM.

DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE

Note. Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible. ENGINE TROUBLE IN GENERAL . >

SymptomProblem parts
1. Engine stalls during idling.Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Ignition parts ( (1) ) Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Crankshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Camshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Fuel injection parts ( (4) )
2. Rough idlingManifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Ignition parts ( (1) ) Air intake system ( (5) ) Fuel injection parts ( (4) ) Electronic throttle control Crankshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Camshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Oxygen sensor Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve
3. Engine does not return to idle.Engine coolant temperature sensor Electronic throttle control Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor EGR valve
4. Poor accelerationManifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Electronic throttle control Fuel injection parts ( (4) ) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Crankshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Camshaft position sensor ( (3) ) A/C switch and A/C cut relay Engine torque control signal circuit Ignition parts ( (1) ) EGR valve
5. Engine stalls, hesitates, or sputters at acceleration.Manifold absolute pressure sensor Mass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Crankshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Camshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Purge control solenoid valve Fuel injection parts ( (4) ) Electronic throttle control Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve
6. SurgingMass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Crankshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Camshaft position sensor ( (3) ) Fuel injection parts ( (4) ) Electronic throttle control Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve
7. Spark knockMass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor Knock sensor Fuel injection parts ( (4) ) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay EGR valve
8. After burning in exhaust systemMass air flow and intake air temperature sensor Manifold absolute pressure sensor Engine coolant temperature sensor ( (2) ) Fuel injection parts ( (1) ) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
(1) Check ignition coil and ignitor assembly and spark plug. (2) Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures. (3) Ensure the secure installation. (4) Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter. (5) Inspect air leak in air intake system.
(1)Check ignition coil and ignitor assembly and spark plug.
(2)Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
(3)Ensure the secure installation.
(4)Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel filter.
(5)Inspect air leak in air intake system.

GENERAL DIAGNOSTIC CHART